fix: unique relationships

Exports `DefaultListView` so other plugins or custom implementations can
re-use it

.eslintignore

@@ -8,3 +8,7 @@
 **/dist/**
 **/node_modules
 **/temp
+playwright.config.ts
+jest.config.js
+test/live-preview/next-app
+tsconfig.tsbuildinfo

.eslintrc.cjs

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** @type {import('eslint').Linter.Config} */
+module.exports = {
+  extends: ['@payloadcms'],
+  ignorePatterns: ['README.md', 'packages/**/*.spec.ts'],
+  overrides: [
+    {
+      files: ['packages/**'],
+      plugins: ['payload'],
+      rules: {
+        'payload/no-jsx-import-statements': 'warn',
+        'payload/no-relative-monorepo-imports': 'error',
+        'payload/no-imports-from-exports-dir': 'error',
+      },
+    },
+    {
+      files: ['scripts/**'],
+      rules: {
+        '@typescript-eslint/no-unused-vars': 'off',
+        'no-console': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-object-types': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
+      },
+    },
+    {
+      extends: ['plugin:@typescript-eslint/disable-type-checked'],
+      files: ['*.js', '*.cjs', '*.json', '*.md', '*.yml', '*.yaml'],
+    },
+    {
+      files: ['packages/eslint-config-payload/**'],
+      rules: {
+        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
+      },
+    },
+    {
+      files: ['package.json', 'tsconfig.json'],
+      rules: {
+        'perfectionist/sort-array-includes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-astro-attributes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-classes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-enums': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-exports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-imports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-interfaces': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-jsx-props': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-keys': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-maps': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-named-exports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-named-imports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-object-types': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-svelte-attributes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-union-types': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-vue-attributes': 'off',
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  parserOptions: {
+    project: ['./tsconfig.json'],
+    tsconfigRootDir: __dirname,
+    EXPERIMENTAL_useSourceOfProjectReferenceRedirect: true,
+    EXPERIMENTAL_useProjectService: true,
+    sourceType: 'module',
+    ecmaVersion: 'latest',
+  },
+  root: true,
+}

.eslintrc.js

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-module.exports = {
-  extends: ['@payloadcms'],
-  overrides: [
-    {
-      extends: ['plugin:@typescript-eslint/disable-type-checked'],
-      files: ['*.js', '*.cjs', '*.json', '*.md', '*.yml', '*.yaml'],
-    },
-    {
-      files: ['packages/eslint-config-payload/**'],
-      rules: {
-        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
-      },
-    },
-    {
-      files: ['package.json', 'tsconfig.json'],
-      rules: {
-        'perfectionist/sort-array-includes': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-astro-attributes': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-classes': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-enums': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-exports': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-imports': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-interfaces': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-jsx-props': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-keys': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-maps': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-named-exports': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-named-imports': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-object-types': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-svelte-attributes': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-union-types': 'off',
-        'perfectionist/sort-vue-attributes': 'off',
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  root: true,
-}

.git-blame-ignore-revs

@@ -16,3 +16,6 @@ fb7d1be2f3325d076b7c967b1730afcef37922c2
 
 # lint and format create-payload-app
 5fd3d430001efe86515262ded5e26f00c1451181
+
+# 3.0 prettier & lint everywhere
+6789e61488a1d3de56f472ac3214faf344030005

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -1,50 +1,30 @@
 # Order matters. The last matching pattern takes precedence.
 
-### Catch-all ###
-* @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
-.* @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
+### Package Exports ###
+/**/exports/ @denolfe @jmikrut
 
-### Core ###
-/packages/payload/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
-/packages/payload/src/uploads/ @denolfe
-/packages/payload/src/admin/ @jmikrut @jacobsfletch @JarrodMFlesch
-
-### Adapters ###
-/packages/bundler-*/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @JarrodMFlesch
-/packages/db-*/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
-/packages/richtext-*/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @AlessioGr
-
-### Plugins ###
-/packages/plugin-*/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @jacobsfletch @JarrodMFlesch @AlessioGr
+### Packages ###
+/packages/richtext-*/ @AlessioGr
 /packages/plugin-cloud*/ @denolfe
-/packages/plugin-form-builder/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-live-preview*/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-nested-docs/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-password-protection/ @jmikrut
-/packages/plugin-redirects/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-search/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-sentry/ @JessChowdhury
-/packages/plugin-seo/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-stripe/ @jacobsfletch
-/packages/plugin-zapier/ @JarrodMFlesch
-
-### Examples ###
-/examples/ @jacobsfletch
-/examples/testing/ @JarrodMFlesch
-/examples/email/ @JessChowdhury
-/examples/whitelabel/ @JessChowdhury
+/packages/email-*/ @denolfe
+/packages/storage-*/ @denolfe
+/packages/create-payload-app/ @denolfe
+/packages/eslint-*/ @denolfe
 
 ### Templates ###
-/templates/ @jacobsfletch
-/templates/blank/ @denolfe
+/templates/ @jacobsfletch @denolfe
 
-### Misc ###
-/packages/create-payload-app/ @denolfe
-/packages/eslint-config-payload/ @denolfe
-/packages/payload-admin-bar/ @jacobsfletch
+### Build Files ###
+/**/package.json @denolfe
+/tsconfig.json @denolfe
+/**/tsconfig*.json @denolfe
+
+/jest.config.js @denolfe
+/**/jest.config.js @denolfe
 
 ### Root ###
 /package.json @denolfe
 /scripts/ @denolfe
+/.husky/ @denolfe
+/.vscode/ @denolfe
 /.github/ @denolfe
-/.github/CODEOWNERS @denolfe

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/1.bug_report.yml

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 name: Bug Report
 description: Create a bug report for Payload
-labels: ['possible-bug']
+labels: ['[possible-bug]']
 body:
   - type: markdown
     attributes:

.github/actions/setup/action.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+name: Setup node and pnpm
+description: Configure the Node.js and pnpm versions
+
+inputs:
+  node-version:
+    description: 'The Node.js version to use'
+    required: true
+    default: 18.20.2
+  pnpm-version:
+    description: 'The pnpm version to use'
+    required: true
+    default: 8.15.7
+
+runs:
+  using: composite
+  steps:
+    # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+    - name: tune linux network
+      shell: bash
+      run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+    - name: Setup Node@${{ inputs.node-version }}
+      uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+      with:
+        node-version: ${{ inputs.node-version }}
+
+    - name: Install pnpm
+      uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
+      with:
+        version: ${{ inputs.pnpm-version }}
+        run_install: false
+
+    - name: Get pnpm store directory
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo "STORE_PATH=$(pnpm store path --silent)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+    - name: Setup pnpm cache
+      uses: actions/cache@v4
+      with:
+        path: ${{ env.STORE_PATH }}
+        key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+        restore-keys: |
+          pnpm-store-
+          pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+
+    - shell: bash
+      run: pnpm install

.github/workflows/main.yml

@@ -2,9 +2,25 @@ name: build
 
 on:
   pull_request:
-    types: [opened, reopened, synchronize]
+    types:
+      - opened
+      - reopened
+      - synchronize
   push:
-    branches: ['main']
+    branches:
+      - main
+      - beta
+
+concurrency:
+  # <workflow_name>-<branch_name>-<true || commit_sha if branch is protected>
+  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.ref }}-${{ github.ref_protected && github.sha || ''}}
+  cancel-in-progress: true
+
+env:
+  NODE_VERSION: 18.20.2
+  PNPM_VERSION: 8.15.7
+  DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
+  NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
 
 jobs:
   changes:
@@ -15,27 +31,75 @@ jobs:
       needs_build: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.needs_build }}
       templates: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.templates }}
     steps:
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      with:
-        fetch-depth: 25
-    - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v2
-      id: filter
-      with:
-        filters: |
-          needs_build:
-            - '.github/workflows/**'
-            - 'packages/**'
-            - 'test/**'
-            - 'pnpm-lock.yaml'
-            - 'package.json'
-          templates:
-            - 'templates/**'
-    - name: Log all filter results
-      run: |
-        echo "needs_build: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.needs_build }}"
-        echo "templates: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.templates }}"
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
 
-  core-build:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        with:
+          fetch-depth: 25
+      - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v3
+        id: filter
+        with:
+          filters: |
+            needs_build:
+              - '.github/workflows/**'
+              - 'packages/**'
+              - 'test/**'
+              - 'pnpm-lock.yaml'
+              - 'package.json'
+            templates:
+              - 'templates/**'
+      - name: Log all filter results
+        run: |
+          echo "needs_build: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.needs_build }}"
+          echo "templates: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.templates }}"
+
+  lint:
+    if: github.event_name == 'pull_request'
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        with:
+          fetch-depth: 0
+
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+        with:
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+
+      - name: Install pnpm
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
+        with:
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+          run_install: false
+
+      - name: Get pnpm store directory
+        shell: bash
+        run: |
+          echo "STORE_PATH=$(pnpm store path --silent)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Setup pnpm cache
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 720
+        with:
+          path: ${{ env.STORE_PATH }}
+          key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+          restore-keys: |
+            pnpm-store-
+            pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+
+      - run: pnpm install
+      - name: Lint staged
+        run: |
+          git diff --name-only --diff-filter=d origin/${GITHUB_BASE_REF}...${GITHUB_SHA}
+          npx lint-staged --diff="origin/${GITHUB_BASE_REF}...${GITHUB_SHA}"
+
+  build:
     needs: changes
     if: ${{ needs.changes.outputs.needs_build == 'true' }}
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
@@ -45,15 +109,19 @@ jobs:
         with:
           fetch-depth: 25
 
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
         with:
-          node-version: 18
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
         with:
-          version: 8
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Get pnpm store directory
@@ -61,73 +129,148 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           echo "STORE_PATH=$(pnpm store path --silent)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
-      - uses: actions/cache@v3
-        name: Setup pnpm cache
+      - name: Setup pnpm cache
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 720
         with:
           path: ${{ env.STORE_PATH }}
-          key: ${{ runner.os }}-pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+          key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
           restore-keys: |
-            ${{ runner.os }}-pnpm-store-
-            ${{ runner.os }}-pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+            pnpm-store-
+            pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
 
       - run: pnpm install
-      - run: pnpm run build
+      - run: pnpm run build:all
+        env:
+          DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
 
       - name: Cache build
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 10
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
 
-  tests:
+  tests-unit:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: core-build
+    needs: build
+
+    steps:
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+        with:
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+
+      - name: Install pnpm
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
+        with:
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+          run_install: false
+
+      - name: Restore build
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 10
+        with:
+          path: ./*
+          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
+
+      - name: Unit Tests
+        run: pnpm test:unit
+        env:
+          NODE_OPTIONS: --max-old-space-size=8096
+
+  tests-int:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    needs: build
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
       matrix:
-        database: [mongoose, postgres]
+        database:
+          - mongodb
+          - postgres
+          - postgres-custom-schema
+          - postgres-uuid
+          - supabase
     env:
       POSTGRES_USER: postgres
       POSTGRES_PASSWORD: postgres
       POSTGRES_DB: payloadtests
+      AWS_ENDPOINT_URL: http://127.0.0.1:4566
+      AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID: localstack
+      AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY: localstack
+      AWS_REGION: us-east-1
 
     steps:
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
         with:
-          node-version: 18
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
         with:
-          version: 8
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 10
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
 
+      - name: Start LocalStack
+        run: pnpm docker:start
+
       - name: Start PostgreSQL
         uses: CasperWA/postgresql-action@v1.2
         with:
-          postgresql version: '14'  # See https://hub.docker.com/_/postgres for available versions
+          postgresql version: '14' # See https://hub.docker.com/_/postgres for available versions
           postgresql db: ${{ env.POSTGRES_DB }}
           postgresql user: ${{ env.POSTGRES_USER }}
           postgresql password: ${{ env.POSTGRES_PASSWORD }}
-        if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
+        if: startsWith(matrix.database, 'postgres')
+
+      - name: Install Supabase CLI
+        uses: supabase/setup-cli@v1
+        with:
+          version: latest
+        if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
+
+      - name: Initialize Supabase
+        run: |
+          supabase init
+          supabase start
+        if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
+
+      - name: Wait for PostgreSQL
+        run: sleep 30
+        if: startsWith(matrix.database, 'postgres')
 
-      - run: sleep 30
       - name: Configure PostgreSQL
         run: |
           psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE ROLE runner SUPERUSER LOGIN;"
           psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "SELECT version();"
           echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-        if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
+        if: startsWith(matrix.database, 'postgres')
 
-      - name: Component Tests
-        run: pnpm test:components
+      - name: Configure PostgreSQL with custom schema
+        run: |
+          psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE SCHEMA custom;"
+        if: matrix.database == 'postgres-custom-schema'
+
+      - name: Configure Supabase
+        run: |
+          echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://postgres:postgres@127.0.0.1:54322/postgres" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+        if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
 
       - name: Integration Tests
         run: pnpm test:int
@@ -138,63 +281,172 @@ jobs:
 
   tests-e2e:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: core-build
+    needs: build
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
       matrix:
-        part: [1/8, 2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8, 6/8, 7/8, 8/8]
-
+        # find test -type f -name 'e2e.spec.ts' | sort | xargs dirname | xargs -I {} basename {}
+        suite:
+          - _community
+          - access-control
+          - admin
+          - auth
+          - field-error-states
+          - fields-relationship
+          - fields
+          - fields__collections__Blocks
+          - fields__collections__Array
+          - fields__collections__Relationship
+          - fields__collections__RichText
+          - fields__collections__Lexical
+          - live-preview
+          - localization
+          - i18n
+          - plugin-cloud-storage
+          - plugin-form-builder
+          - plugin-nested-docs
+          - plugin-seo
+          - versions
+          - uploads
+    env:
+      SUITE_NAME: ${{ matrix.suite }}
     steps:
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
         with:
-          node-version: 18
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
         with:
-          version: 8
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 10
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
 
-      - name: E2E Tests
-        uses: nick-fields/retry@v2
-        with:
-          retry_on: error
-          max_attempts: 2
-          timeout_minutes: 15
-          command: pnpm test:e2e --part ${{ matrix.part }} --bail
+      - name: Start LocalStack
+        run: pnpm docker:start
+        if: ${{ matrix.suite == 'plugin-cloud-storage' }}
 
-      - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v3
+      - name: Store Playwright's Version
+        run: |
+          # Extract the version number using a more targeted regex pattern with awk
+          PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION=$(pnpm ls @playwright/test --depth=0 | awk '/@playwright\/test/ {print $2}')
+          echo "Playwright's Version: $PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION"
+          echo "PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION=$PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Cache Playwright Browsers for Playwright's Version
+        id: cache-playwright-browsers
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        with:
+          path: ~/.cache/ms-playwright
+          key: playwright-browsers-${{ env.PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION }}
+
+      - name: Setup Playwright - Browsers and Dependencies
+        if: steps.cache-playwright-browsers.outputs.cache-hit != 'true'
+        run: pnpm exec playwright install --with-deps chromium
+
+      - name: Setup Playwright - Dependencies-only
+        if: steps.cache-playwright-browsers.outputs.cache-hit == 'true'
+        run: pnpm exec playwright install-deps chromium
+
+      - name: E2E Tests
+        run: PLAYWRIGHT_JSON_OUTPUT_NAME=results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json pnpm test:e2e ${{ matrix.suite }}
+        env:
+          PLAYWRIGHT_JSON_OUTPUT_NAME: results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json
+          NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1
+
+      - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
         if: always()
         with:
-          name: test-results
-          path: test-results/
+          name: test-results-${{ matrix.suite }}
+          path: test/test-results/
+          if-no-files-found: ignore
           retention-days: 1
 
-  tests-type-generation:
+      # Disabled until this is fixed: https://github.com/daun/playwright-report-summary/issues/156
+      # - uses: daun/playwright-report-summary@v3
+      #   with:
+      #     report-file: results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json
+      #     report-tag: ${{ matrix.suite }}
+      #     job-summary: true
+
+  app-build-with-packed:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: core-build
+    needs: build
 
     steps:
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
         with:
-          node-version: 18
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
         with:
-          version: 8
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 10
+        with:
+          path: ./*
+          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
+
+      - name: Start MongoDB
+        uses: supercharge/mongodb-github-action@1.10.0
+        with:
+          mongodb-version: 6.0
+
+      - name: Pack and build app
+        run: |
+          set -ex
+          pnpm run script:pack --dest templates/blank-3.0
+          cd templates/blank-3.0
+          cp .env.example .env
+          ls -la
+          pnpm add ./*.tgz
+          pnpm install --ignore-workspace
+          cat package.json
+          pnpm run build
+
+  tests-type-generation:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    needs: build
+
+    steps:
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
+
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+        with:
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+
+      - name: Install pnpm
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v3
+        with:
+          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+          run_install: false
+
+      - name: Restore build
+        uses: actions/cache@v4
+        timeout-minutes: 10
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
@@ -205,86 +457,9 @@ jobs:
       - name: Generate GraphQL schema file
         run: pnpm dev:generate-graphql-schema graphql-schema-gen
 
-  build-packages:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: core-build
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        pkg:
-          - db-mongodb
-          - db-postgres
-          - bundler-webpack
-          - bundler-vite
-          - richtext-slate
-          - richtext-lexical
-          - live-preview
-          - live-preview-react
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
-        with:
-          node-version: 18
-
-      - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
-        with:
-          version: 8
-          run_install: false
-
-      - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
-        with:
-          path: ./*
-          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
-
-      - name: Build ${{ matrix.pkg }}
-        run: pnpm turbo run build --filter=${{ matrix.pkg }}
-
-  plugins:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: core-build
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        pkg:
-          - create-payload-app
-          - plugin-cloud
-          - plugin-cloud-storage
-          - plugin-form-builder
-          - plugin-nested-docs
-          - plugin-search
-          - plugin-sentry
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
-        with:
-          node-version: 18
-
-      - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
-        with:
-          version: 8
-          run_install: false
-
-      - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
-        with:
-          path: ./*
-          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
-
-      - name: Build ${{ matrix.pkg }}
-        run: pnpm turbo run build --filter=${{ matrix.pkg }}
-
-      - name: Test ${{ matrix.pkg }}
-        run: pnpm --filter ${{ matrix.pkg }} run test
-        if: matrix.pkg != 'create-payload-app' # degit doesn't work within GitHub Actions
-
   templates:
     needs: changes
-    if: ${{ needs.changes.outputs.templates == 'true' }}
+    if: false # Disable until templates are updated for 3.0
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
@@ -295,20 +470,39 @@ jobs:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v4
         with:
           fetch-depth: 25
+      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
+      - name: tune linux network
+        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
 
-      - name: Use Node.js 18
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
         with:
-          node-version: 18
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
 
       - name: Start MongoDB
         uses: supercharge/mongodb-github-action@1.10.0
         with:
           mongodb-version: 6.0
 
-      - name: Build Website
+      - name: Build Template
         run: |
           cd templates/${{ matrix.template }}
           cp .env.example .env
           yarn install
           yarn build
+          yarn generate:types
+
+  all-green:
+    name: All Green
+    if: always()
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    needs:
+      - lint
+      - build
+      - tests-unit
+      - tests-int
+      - tests-e2e
+
+    steps:
+      - if: ${{ always() && (contains(needs.*.result, 'failure') || contains(needs.*.result, 'cancelled')) }}
+        run: exit 1

.github/workflows/pr-title.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+name: pr-title
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types:
+      - opened
+      - edited
+      - synchronize
+
+permissions:
+  pull-requests: write
+
+jobs:
+  main:
+    name: lint-pr-title
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: amannn/action-semantic-pull-request@v5
+        id: lint_pr_title
+        env:
+          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+        with:
+          types: |
+            build
+            chore
+            ci
+            docs
+            feat
+            fix
+            perf
+            refactor
+            revert
+            style
+            test
+            types
+          scopes: |
+            cpa
+            db-\*
+            db-mongodb
+            db-postgres
+            email-nodemailer
+            eslint
+            graphql
+            live-preview
+            live-preview-react
+            next
+            payload
+            plugin-cloud
+            plugin-cloud-storage
+            plugin-form-builder
+            plugin-nested-docs
+            plugin-redirects
+            plugin-relationship-object-ids
+            plugin-search
+            plugin-sentry
+            plugin-seo
+            plugin-stripe
+            richtext-\*
+            richtext-lexical
+            richtext-slate
+            storage-\*
+            storage-azure
+            storage-gcs
+            storage-vercel-blob
+            storage-s3
+            translations
+            ui
+            templates
+            examples(\/(\w|-)+)?
+            deps
+
+          # Disallow uppercase letters at the beginning of the subject
+          subjectPattern: ^(?![A-Z]).+$
+          subjectPatternError: |
+            The subject "{subject}" found in the pull request title "{title}"
+            didn't match the configured pattern. Please ensure that the subject
+            doesn't start with an uppercase character.
+
+      - uses: marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment@v2
+        # When the previous steps fails, the workflow would stop. By adding this
+        # condition you can continue the execution with the populated error message.
+        if: always() && (steps.lint_pr_title.outputs.error_message != null)
+        with:
+          header: pr-title-lint-error
+          message: |
+            Pull Request titles must follow the [Conventional Commits specification](https://www.conventionalcommits.org/en/v1.0.0/) and have valid scopes.
+
+            ${{ steps.lint_pr_title.outputs.error_message }}
+
+            ```
+            feat(ui): add Button component
+            ^    ^    ^
+            |    |    |__ Subject
+            |    |_______ Scope
+            |____________ Type
+            ```
+
+      # Delete a previous comment when the issue has been resolved
+      - if: ${{ steps.lint_pr_title.outputs.error_message == null }}
+        uses: marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment@v2
+        with:
+          header: pr-title-lint-error
+          delete: true

.github/workflows/release-canary.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+name: release-canary
+
+on:
+  workflow_dispatch:
+    branches:
+      - beta
+
+env:
+  NODE_VERSION: 18.20.2
+  PNPM_VERSION: 8.15.7
+  DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
+  NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
+
+jobs:
+  release:
+    permissions:
+      id-token: write
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout
+        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+      - name: Setup
+        uses: ./.github/actions/setup
+        with:
+          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+          pnpm-version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+      - name: Load npm token
+        run: echo "//registry.npmjs.org/:_authToken=$NPM_TOKEN" >> ~/.npmrc
+        env:
+          NPM_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
+      - name: Canary release script
+        # dry run hard-coded to true for testing and no npm token provided
+        run: pnpm tsx ./scripts/publish-canary.ts
+        env:
+          NPM_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
+          NPM_CONFIG_PROVENANCE: true

.gitignore

@@ -1,10 +1,23 @@
 coverage
 package-lock.json
 dist
-.idea
+/.idea/*
+!/.idea/runConfigurations
+!/.idea/payload.iml
+
 test-results
 .devcontainer
+.localstack
 /migrations
+.localstack
+.turbo
+
+.turbo
+
+# Ignore test directory media folder/files
+/media
+test/media
+/versions
 
 # Created by https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore/api/node,macos,windows,webstorm,sublimetext,visualstudiocode
 # Edit at https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore?templates=node,macos,windows,webstorm,sublimetext,visualstudiocode
@@ -230,119 +243,24 @@ GitHub.sublime-settings
 .history
 .ionide
 
-### WebStorm ###
-# Covers JetBrains IDEs: IntelliJ, RubyMine, PhpStorm, AppCode, PyCharm, CLion, Android Studio, WebStorm and Rider
-# Reference: https://intellij-support.jetbrains.com/hc/en-us/articles/206544839
-
-# User-specific stuff
-.idea/**/workspace.xml
-.idea/**/tasks.xml
-.idea/**/usage.statistics.xml
-.idea/**/dictionaries
-.idea/**/shelf
-
-# AWS User-specific
-.idea/**/aws.xml
-
-# Generated files
-.idea/**/contentModel.xml
-
-# Sensitive or high-churn files
-.idea/**/dataSources/
-.idea/**/dataSources.ids
-.idea/**/dataSources.local.xml
-.idea/**/sqlDataSources.xml
-.idea/**/dynamic.xml
-.idea/**/uiDesigner.xml
-.idea/**/dbnavigator.xml
-
-# Gradle
-.idea/**/gradle.xml
-.idea/**/libraries
-
-# Gradle and Maven with auto-import
-# When using Gradle or Maven with auto-import, you should exclude module files,
-# since they will be recreated, and may cause churn.  Uncomment if using
-# auto-import.
-# .idea/artifacts
-# .idea/compiler.xml
-# .idea/jarRepositories.xml
-# .idea/modules.xml
-# .idea/*.iml
-# .idea/modules
-# *.iml
-# *.ipr
-
 # CMake
 cmake-build-*/
 
-# Mongo Explorer plugin
-.idea/**/mongoSettings.xml
-
 # File-based project format
 *.iws
 
 # IntelliJ
 out/
 
-# mpeltonen/sbt-idea plugin
-.idea_modules/
-
 # JIRA plugin
 atlassian-ide-plugin.xml
 
-# Cursive Clojure plugin
-.idea/replstate.xml
-
-# SonarLint plugin
-.idea/sonarlint/
-
 # Crashlytics plugin (for Android Studio and IntelliJ)
 com_crashlytics_export_strings.xml
 crashlytics.properties
 crashlytics-build.properties
 fabric.properties
 
-# Editor-based Rest Client
-.idea/httpRequests
-
-# Android studio 3.1+ serialized cache file
-.idea/caches/build_file_checksums.ser
-
-### WebStorm Patch ###
-# Comment Reason: https://github.com/joeblau/gitignore.io/issues/186#issuecomment-215987721
-
-# *.iml
-# modules.xml
-# .idea/misc.xml
-# *.ipr
-
-# Sonarlint plugin
-# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/7973-sonarlint
-.idea/**/sonarlint/
-
-# SonarQube Plugin
-# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/7238-sonarqube-community-plugin
-.idea/**/sonarIssues.xml
-
-# Markdown Navigator plugin
-# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/7896-markdown-navigator-enhanced
-.idea/**/markdown-navigator.xml
-.idea/**/markdown-navigator-enh.xml
-.idea/**/markdown-navigator/
-
-# Cache file creation bug
-# See https://youtrack.jetbrains.com/issue/JBR-2257
-.idea/$CACHE_FILE$
-
-# CodeStream plugin
-# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/12206-codestream
-.idea/codestream.xml
-
-# Azure Toolkit for IntelliJ plugin
-# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/8053-azure-toolkit-for-intellij
-.idea/**/azureSettings.xml
-
 ### Windows ###
 # Windows thumbnail cache files
 Thumbs.db
@@ -371,4 +289,5 @@ $RECYCLE.BIN/
 
 # End of https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore/api/node,macos,windows,webstorm,sublimetext,visualstudiocode
 
-/build
+/build
+.swc

.idea/payload.iml

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<module type="WEB_MODULE" version="4">
+  <component name="NewModuleRootManager">
+    <content url="file://$MODULE_DIR$">
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/.tmp" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/temp" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/tmp" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/components" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/.swc" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/examples" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/media" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/create-payload-app/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/create-payload-app/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-mongodb/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-mongodb/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-postgres/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-postgres/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/graphql/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/graphql/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-react/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-react/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/next/.swc" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/next/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/fields" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud-storage/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud-storage/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-form-builder/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-nested-docs/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-nested-docs/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-redirects/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-redirects/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-search/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-search/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-sentry/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-seo/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-seo/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-stripe/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-lexical/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-lexical/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/templates" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/test/.swc" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/versions" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-slate/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-slate/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-nodemailer/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-nodemailer/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-resend/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-resend/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-vue/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-vue/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/.swc" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-form-builder/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-relationship-object-ids/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-relationship-object-ids/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-stripe/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-azure/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-azure/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-gcs/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-gcs/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-s3/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-s3/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-uploadthing/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-uploadthing/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-vercel-blob/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-vercel-blob/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/translations/.turbo" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/translations/dist" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/ui/.swc" />
+      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/ui/.turbo" />
+    </content>
+    <orderEntry type="inheritedJdk" />
+    <orderEntry type="sourceFolder" forTests="false" />
+  </component>
+</module>

.idea/runConfigurations/Run_Dev_Fields.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
+  <configuration default="false" name="Run Dev Fields" type="NodeJSConfigurationType" application-parameters="--no-deprecation fields" path-to-js-file="test/dev.js" working-dir="$PROJECT_DIR$">
+    <envs>
+      <env name="NODE_OPTIONS" value="--no-deprecation" />
+    </envs>
+    <method v="2" />
+  </configuration>
+</component>

.idea/runConfigurations/Run_Dev__community.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
+  <configuration default="false" name="Run Dev _community" type="NodeJSConfigurationType" application-parameters="--no-deprecation _community" path-to-js-file="test/dev.js" working-dir="$PROJECT_DIR$">
+    <envs>
+      <env name="NODE_OPTIONS" value="--no-deprecation" />
+    </envs>
+    <method v="2" />
+  </configuration>
+</component>

.node-version

@@ -1 +1 @@
-v18.17.1
+v18.20.2

.nvmrc

@@ -1 +1 @@
-v18.17.1
+v18.20.2

.prettierignore

@@ -9,3 +9,8 @@
 **/node_modules
 **/temp
 **/docs/**
+tsconfig.json
+packages/payload/*.js
+packages/payload/*.d.ts
+payload-types.ts
+tsconfig.tsbuildinfo

.release-it.pre.js

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-module.exports = {
-  verbose: true,
-  git: {
-    requireCleanWorkingDir: false,
-    commit: false,
-    push: false,
-    tag: false,
-  },
-  npm: {
-    skipChecks: true,
-    tag: 'beta',
-  },
-  hooks: {
-    'before:init': ['pnpm install', 'pnpm clean', 'pnpm build'],
-  },
-}

.swcrc

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+{
+  "$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/swcrc",
+  "sourceMaps": "inline",
+  "jsc": {
+    "target": "esnext",
+    "parser": {
+      "syntax": "typescript",
+      "tsx": true,
+      "dts": true
+    }
+  },
+  "module": {
+    "type": "es6"
+  }
+}

.vscode/extensions.json

@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
 {
-  "recommendations": ["esbenp.prettier-vscode", "dbaeumer.vscode-eslint"]
+  "recommendations": [
+    "dbaeumer.vscode-eslint",
+    "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
+    "firsttris.vscode-jest-runner",
+    "ms-playwright.playwright"
+  ]
 }

.vscode/launch.json

@@ -3,12 +3,59 @@
   // Hover to view descriptions of existing attributes.
   "configurations": [
     {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev _community",
+      "command": "pnpm generate:types",
+      "name": "Generate Types CLI",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}"
+    },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js _community",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Community",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js storage-uploadthing",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+      "name": "Uploadthing",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal",
+      "envFile": "${workspaceFolder}/test/storage-uploadthing/.env"
+    },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js live-preview",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+      "name": "Run Dev Live Preview",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal"
+    },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/loader/init.js",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+      "name": "Run Loader",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal",
+      "env": {
+        "LOADER_TEST_FILE_PATH": "./dependency-test.js"
+        // "LOADER_TEST_FILE_PATH": "../fields/config.ts"
+      }
+    },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js admin",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+      "name": "Run Dev Admin",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal"
+    },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js auth",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+      "name": "Run Dev Auth",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal"
+    },
     {
       "command": "pnpm run dev plugin-cloud-storage",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
@@ -20,50 +67,50 @@
       }
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev fields",
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js collections-graphql",
+      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+      "name": "Run Dev GraphQL",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal"
+    },
+    {
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js fields",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Fields",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev:postgres fields",
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js versions",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Postgres",
       "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
+      "type": "node-terminal",
+      "env": {
+        "PAYLOAD_DATABASE": "postgres"
+      }
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev versions",
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js versions",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Versions",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev localization",
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js localization",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Localization",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev uploads",
+      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/dev.js uploads",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Uploads",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
-    {
-      "command": "PAYLOAD_BUNDLER=vite pnpm run dev fields",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Fields (Vite)",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal",
-      "env": {
-        "NODE_ENV": "production"
-      }
-    },
     {
       "command": "pnpm run test:int live-preview",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
@@ -102,17 +149,6 @@
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
-    {
-      "command": "ts-node ./packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts generate:types",
-      "env": {
-        "PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH": "test/_community/config.ts",
-        "DISABLE_SWC": "true" // SWC messes up debugging the bin scripts
-      },
-      "name": "Generate Types CLI",
-      "outputCapture": "std",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
     {
       "command": "ts-node ./packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts migrate:status",
       "env": {

.vscode/settings.json

@@ -5,21 +5,21 @@
     "editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
     "editor.formatOnSave": true,
     "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": true
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
     }
   },
   "[typescriptreact]": {
     "editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
     "editor.formatOnSave": true,
     "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": true
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
     }
   },
   "[javascript]": {
     "editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
     "editor.formatOnSave": true,
     "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": true
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
     }
   },
   "[json]": {
@@ -35,5 +35,11 @@
   "eslint.rules.customizations": [{ "rule": "*", "severity": "warn" }],
   "typescript.tsdk": "node_modules/typescript/lib",
   // Load .git-blame-ignore-revs file
-  "gitlens.advanced.blame.customArguments": ["--ignore-revs-file", ".git-blame-ignore-revs"]
+  "gitlens.advanced.blame.customArguments": ["--ignore-revs-file", ".git-blame-ignore-revs"],
+  "[javascript][typescript][typescriptreact]": {
+    "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
+    }
+  },
+  "files.insertFinalNewline": true
 }

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -1,3 +1,353 @@
+## [2.11.2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.11.1...v2.11.2) (2024-02-23)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **db-postgres:** configurable custom schema to use ([#5047](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5047)) ([e8f2ca4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/e8f2ca484ee56cd7767d5111e46ebd24752ff8de))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* Add Context Provider in EditMany Component ([#5005](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5005)) ([70e57fe](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/70e57fef184f7fcf56344ea755465f246f2253a5))
+* **db-mongodb:** unique sparse for not required fields ([#5114](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5114)) ([815bdfa](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/815bdfac0b0afbff2a20e54d5aee64b90f6b3a77))
+* **db-postgres:** set _parentID for array nested localized fields ([#5117](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5117)) ([ceca5c4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/ceca5c4e97f53f1346797a31b6abfc0375e98215))
+* disabling API Key does not remove the key ([#5145](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5145)) ([7a7f0ed](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/7a7f0ed7e8132253be607c111c160163b84bd770))
+* handle thrown errors in config-level afterError hook ([#5147](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5147)) ([32ed95e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/32ed95e1ee87409db234f1b7bd6d2e462fd9ed5d))
+* only replace the drawer content with full edit component if it exists ([#5144](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5144)) ([0a07f60](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0a07f607b9fb1217ad956cd05b2a84a4042a19ca))
+* transaction error from access endpoint ([#5156](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5156)) ([ad42d54](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/ad42d541b342ed56463b81cee6d6307df6f06d7f))
+
+## [2.11.1](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.11.0...v2.11.1) (2024-02-16)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **db-postgres:** adds idType to use uuid or serial id columns ([#3864](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/3864)) ([d6c2578](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/d6c25783cfa97983bf9db27ceb5ccd39a62c62f1))
+* **db-postgres:** reconnect after disconnection from database ([#5086](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5086)) ([bf942fd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/bf942fdfa6ea9c26cf05295cc9db646bf31fa622))
+* **plugin-search:** add req to beforeSync args for transactions ([#5068](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5068)) ([98b87e2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/98b87e22782c0a788f79326f22be05a6b176ad74))
+* **richtext-lexical:** add justify aligment to AlignFeature ([#4035](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4035)) ([#4868](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4868)) ([6d6823c](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6d6823c3e5609a58eeeeb8d043945a762f9463df))
+* **richtext-lexical:** AddBlock handle for all nodes, even if they aren't empty paragraphs ([#5063](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5063)) ([00fc034](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/00fc0343dabf184d5bab418d47c403b3ad11698f))
+* **richtext-lexical:** Update lexical from 0.12.6 to 0.13.1, port over all useful changes from playground ([#5066](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5066)) ([0d18822](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0d18822062275c1826c8e2c3da2571a2b3483310))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **db-mongodb:** find versions pagination ([#5091](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5091)) ([5d4022f](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5d4022f1445e2809c01cb1dd599280f0a56cdc6e))
+* **db-postgres:** query using blockType ([#5044](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5044)) ([35c2a08](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/35c2a085efa6d5ad59779960874bc9728a17e3a0))
+* filterOptions errors cause transaction to abort ([#5079](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5079)) ([5f3d016](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5f3d0169bee21e1c0963dbd7ede9fe5f1c46a5a5))
+* **plugin-form-builder:** hooks do not respect transactions ([#5069](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5069)) ([82e9d31](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/82e9d31127c8df83c5bed92a5ffdab76d331900f))
+* remove collection findByID caching ([#5034](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5034)) ([1ac943e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/1ac943ed5e8416883b863147fdf3c23380955559))
+* **richtext-lexical:** do not remove adjacent paragraph node when inserting certain nodes in empty editor ([#5061](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5061)) ([6323965](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6323965c652ea68dffeb716957b124d165b9ce96))
+* **uploads:** account for serverURL when retrieving external file ([#5102](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5102)) ([25cee8b](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/25cee8bb102bf80b3a4bfb4b4e46712722cc7f0d))
+
+
+### ⚠ BREAKING CHANGES: @payloadcms/richtext-lexical
+
+* **richtext-lexical:** Update lexical from 0.12.6 to 0.13.1, port over all useful changes from playground (#5066)
+
+- You HAVE to make sure that any versions of the lexical packages (IF you have any installed) match the lexical version which richtext-lexical uses: v0.13.1. If you do not do this, you may be plagued by React useContext / "cannot find active editor state" errors
+- Updates to lexical's API, e.g. the removal of INTERNAL_isPointSelection, could be breaking depending on your code. Please consult the [lexical changelog](https://github.com/facebook/lexical/blob/main/CHANGELOG.md).
+
+## [2.11.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.10.1...v2.11.0) (2024-02-09)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* exposes collapsible provider with more functionality ([#5043](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5043)) ([df39602](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/df39602758ae8dc3765bb48e51f7a657babfa559))
+
+## [2.10.1](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.10.0...v2.10.1) (2024-02-09)
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* clearable cells handle null values ([#5038](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5038)) ([f6d7da7](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f6d7da751039df25066b51bb91d6453e1a4efd82))
+* **db-mongodb:** handle null values with exists ([#5037](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5037)) ([cdc4cb9](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/cdc4cb971b9180ba2ed09741f5af1a3c18292828))
+* **db-postgres:** handle nested docs with drafts ([#5012](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5012)) ([da184d4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/da184d40ece74bffb224002eb5df8f6987d65043))
+* ensures docs with the same id are shown in relationship field select ([#4859](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4859)) ([e1813fb](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/e1813fb884e0dc84203fcbab87527a99a4d3a5d7))
+* query relationships by explicit id field ([#5022](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5022)) ([a0a58e7](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/a0a58e7fd20dff54d210c968f4d5defd67441bdd))
+* **richtext-lexical:** make editor reactive to initialValue changes ([#5010](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5010)) ([2315781](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/2315781f1891ddde4b4c5f2f0cfa1c17af85b7a9))
+
+## [2.10.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.9.0...v2.10.0) (2024-02-06)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* add more options to addFieldStatePromise so that it can be used for field flattening ([#4799](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4799)) ([8725d41](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/8725d411645bb0270376e235669f46be2227ecc0))
+* extend transactions to cover after and beforeOperation hooks ([#4960](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4960)) ([1e8a6b7](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/1e8a6b7899f7b1e6451cc4d777602208478b483c))
+* previousValue and previousSiblingDoc args added to beforeChange field hooks ([#4958](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4958)) ([5d934ba](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5d934ba02d07d98f781ce983228858ee5ce5c226))
+* re-use existing logger instance passed to payload.init ([#3124](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/3124)) ([471d211](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/471d2113a790dc0d54b2f8ed84e6899310efd600))
+* **richtext-lexical:** Blocks: generate type definitions for blocks fields ([#4529](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4529)) ([90d7ee3](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/90d7ee3e6535d51290fc734b284ff3811dbda1f8))
+* use deletion success message from server if provided ([#4966](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4966)) ([e3c8105](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/e3c8105cc2ed6fdf8007d97cd7b5556fc71ed724))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **db-postgres:** filtering relationships with drafts enabled ([#4998](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4998)) ([c3a3942](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/c3a39429697e9d335e9be199e7caafb82eb26219))
+* **db-postgres:** handle schema changes with supabase ([#4968](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4968)) ([5d3659d](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5d3659d48ad8bbf5d96fbcd80434d2287cab97e0))
+* **db-postgres:** indexes not created for non unique field names ([#4967](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4967)) ([64f705c](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/64f705c3c94148972f67e8175e718015760d6430))
+* **db-postgres:** indexes not creating for relationships, arrays, hasmany and blocks ([#4976](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4976)) ([47106d5](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/47106d5a1af2ebd073fbbc6e474174c3d3835e5c))
+* **db-postgres:** localized field sort count ([#4997](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4997)) ([f3876c2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f3876c2a39efe19a1864213306725aadcc14f130))
+* ensures docPermissions fallback to collection permissions on create ([#4969](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4969)) ([afa2b94](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/afa2b942e0aad90c55744ae13e0ffe1cefa4585d))
+* **migrations:** safely create migration file when no name passed ([#4995](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4995)) ([0740d50](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0740d5095ee1aef13e4e37f6b174d529f0f2d993))
+* **plugin-seo:** tabbedUI with email field causes duplicate field ([#4944](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4944)) ([db22cbd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/db22cbdf21a39ed0604ab96c57ca4242eac82ce7))
+
+## [2.9.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.8.2...v2.9.0) (2024-01-26)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* forceAcceptWarning migration arg added to accept prompts ([#4874](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4874)) ([eba53ba](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/eba53ba60afd7c5d37389377ed06a9b556058d49))
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* afterLogin hook write conflicts ([#4904](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4904)) ([3eb681e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3eb681e847e9c55eaaa69c22bea4f4e66c7eac36))
+* **db-postgres:** migrate down error ([#4861](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4861)) ([dfba522](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/dfba5222f3abf3f236dc9212a28e1aec7d7214d5))
+* **db-postgres:** query unset relation ([#4862](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4862)) ([8ce15c8](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/8ce15c8b07800397a50dcf790c263ed5b3cfad53))
+* migrate down missing filter for latest batch ([#4860](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4860)) ([b99d24f](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/b99d24fcfa698c493ea01c41621201abe18fabe3))
+* **plugin-cloud-storage:** slow get file performance large collections ([#4927](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4927)) ([f73d503](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f73d503fecdfa5cefdc26ab9aad60b00563f881e))
+* remove No Options dropdown from hasMany fields ([#4899](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4899)) ([e5a7907](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/e5a7907a72c1371447ac2f71fce213ed22246092))
+* upload input drawer does not show draft versions ([#4903](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4903)) ([6930c4e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6930c4e9f2200853121391ad8f8df48ea66c40a4))
+
+## [2.8.2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.8.1...v2.8.2) (2024-01-16)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **db-postgres:** support drizzle logging config ([#4809](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4809)) ([371353f](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/371353f1535fbab4ebd9f56fc14fd10a30eec289))
+* **plugin-form-builder:** add validation for form ID when creating a submission ([#4730](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/4730))
+* **plugin-seo:** add support for interfaceName and fieldOverrides ([#4695](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/4695))
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **db-mongodb:** mongodb versions creating duplicates ([#4825](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4825)) ([a861311](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/a861311c5a98126700f98f9a2ab380782e754717))
+* **db-mongodb:** transactionOptions=false typeErrors ([82383a5](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/82383a5b5f52785115c0feb970da70e91971b7ca))
+* **db-postgres:** Remove duplicate keys from response ([#4747](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4747)) ([eb9e771](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/eb9e771a9ca03636486d36654f215b73435574cb))
+* **db-postgres:** validateExistingBlockIsIdentical with arrays ([3b88adc](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3b88adc7d0594af63ce190c40c9ee3905df67a31))
+* **db-postgres:** validateExistingBlockIsIdentical with other tables ([0647c87](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0647c870f15dc1b122734b678c2abeb6f56377d4))
+* **plugin-seo:** fix missing spread operator in URL generator function ([#4723](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/4723))
+* removes max-width from field-types class & correctly sets it on uploads ([#4829](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4829)) ([ee5390a](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/ee5390aaca37a4154cde8392b60f091ec3e5175c))
+
+## [2.8.1](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.8.0...v2.8.1) (2024-01-12)
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* corrects config usage in build bin script ([#4796](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4796)) ([775502b](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/775502b1616c1bd35a3044438e253a0e84219f99))
+
+## [2.8.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.7.0...v2.8.0) (2024-01-12)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* allow custom config properties in blocks ([#4766](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4766)) ([d92af29](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/d92af295ebe253160ac4c8fb788a1fb143ab85ae))
+* **logger:** show local time ([#4663](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4663)) ([493fde5](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/493fde5ccceb9a95d0b950a028a1d2f8888b4e64))
+* **plugin-cloud:** use resend smtp instead of custom transport ([#4746](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4746)) ([5cfde54](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5cfde542b19988985746e220829d429a84ba3976))
+* **plugin-seo:** add fr translations ([#4774](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4774)) ([4319fe1](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/4319fe1c6e332d35124356ce5d5d0fb48fe199e7))
+* **plugin-seo:** remove support for payload <2.7.0 ([#4765](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4765)) ([5e08368](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5e083689d016fbff6c83419336e920f248932993))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* allow a custom ID field to be nested inside unnamed tabs and rows ([#4701](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4701)) ([6d5ac1d](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6d5ac1de1ef55c4d51b253b4cf959bb703316c49))
+* build payload without initializing ([#4028](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4028)) ([1115387](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/11153877447af68389dde80fff2f9ee869468acb))
+* **db-mongodb:** limit=0 returns unpaginated ([63e5c43](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/63e5c43fe620458936e2ebc4f5468aff9cb23e02))
+* **db-postgres:** totalPages value when limit=0 ([5702b83](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5702b83e829b5b1a3d95ce4a1c1967c3ec630373))
+* migration regression ([#4777](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4777)) ([fa3b3dd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/fa3b3dd62d0a060f7419fd21d69eafff9bf99a61))
+* **db-mongodb:** migration regression ([#4777](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4777)) ([fa3b3dd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/fa3b3dd62d0a060f7419fd21d69eafff9bf99a61))
+* **db-postgres:**migration regression ([#4777](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4777)) ([fa3b3dd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/fa3b3dd62d0a060f7419fd21d69eafff9bf99a61))
+* passes `draft=true` in fetch for relationships ([#4784](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4784)) ([0a259d2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0a259d27b5ef0d632ca54cd0a9ab99629f94c2a0))
+* **plugin-form-builder:** replaces curly brackets with lexical editor ([#4753](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4753)) ([8481846](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/84818469ea50d43276915d36bd92769422eadeb0))
+* prioritizes `value` key when filtering / querying for relationships ([#4727](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4727)) ([d0f7677](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/d0f7677d5ff2e0109fc348260d87e2606fdbd293))
+* text hasMany validation ([#4789](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4789)) ([e2e56a4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/e2e56a4d58a9e1c31c05a0624f35642f58da162b))
+
+### ⚠ BREAKING CHANGES
+
+#### @payloadcms/plugin-seo
+
+* remove support for payload <2.7.0 ([#4765](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/4765))
+
+## [2.7.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.6.0...v2.7.0) (2024-01-09)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **db-mongodb:** improve transaction support by passing req to migrations ([682eca2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/682eca21860a4e2b2ab0bfd85613818790247224))
+* **db-postgres:** improve transaction support by passing req to migrations ([555d027](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/555d02769a8731aeebbff9b67f9b0e1022904ade))
+* hasMany property for text fields ([#4605](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4605)) ([f43cf18](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f43cf185d45b3c75fa0d78acd91e6cb60d87f166))
+* improve transaction support by passing req to migrations ([1d14d9f](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/1d14d9f8b8ed077691175030182f094bb300ed17))
+* **plugin-seo:** add i18n ([#4665](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4665)) ([3027a03](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3027a03ad11ecd679278e44a013e4dea4aa42b8d))
+* provide document info to ActionsProvider ([#4696](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4696)) ([6a8a6e4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6a8a6e4ef4913e0889e4d2eac82b28b9e4e8db22))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* adds objectID validation to isValidID if of type `text` ([#4689](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4689)) ([d419275](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/d419275fb50f0922307f2d3b4c0fcf80ac5ec98b))
+* allow json field to be saved empty and reflect value changes ([#4687](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4687)) ([0fb3a9c](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0fb3a9ca89d1b63faea179bfa9b5b3d0a69c9398))
+* custom ids in versions ([#4680](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4680)) ([5d15955](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5d15955f839d3f0cc557d8a8d7cc3a9e52e2f6b1))
+* custom overrides of breadcrumb and parent fields ([7db58b4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/7db58b482bba7e715c5be23cfe1a84295e95da29))
+* **db-mongodb:** migration error calling beginTransaction with transactionOptions false ([21b9453](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/21b9453cf4e6eebf145d89a0190942015658413d))
+* **db-mongodb:** querying plan for collections ignoring indexes ([#4655](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4655)) ([63bc4ca](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/63bc4cabe1dea5f233aa1d9d4e64f3af93a8e081))
+* **db-postgres:** incorrect results querying json field using exists operator ([9d9ac0e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/9d9ac0ec28c97281bfdc7d6fb78c52baea492380))
+* **db-postgres:** migrate down only runs latest batch size ([6acfae8](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6acfae8ee7614746797e1fa91e1fd41c0240fdcd))
+* **db-postgres:** query on json properties ([ec4d2f9](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/ec4d2f97cbf1c89d837372059bf3bb77f3ea6594))
+* **db-postgres:** validation prevents group fields in blocks ([#4699](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4699)) ([cab6bab](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/cab6babd608daeaabf9b63b1b446fded6804b60f))
+* non-boolean condition result causes infinite looping ([#4579](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4579)) ([a3e7816](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/a3e78161b551e8286063a173645a1d3dee162ad1))
+* **plugin-form-builder:** slate serializer should replace curly braces in links ([#4703](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4703)) ([28a3012](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/28a30120dd1aa3279fb2133aa0a0b1638d144be4))
+* **plugin-nested-docs:** breadcrumbsFieldSlug used in resaveSelfAfterCreate hook ([a5a91c0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/a5a91c08a9ade1482c512d3fa4c4f519ad85cf74))
+* **plugin-nested-docs:** children wrongly publishing draft data ([#4692](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4692)) ([5539942](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/55399424a13b1e0532d9eeefd09d442c107c3eda))
+* **plugin-nested-docs:** custom parent field slug ([635e7c2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/635e7c26e8b3b5138cf5a9bcb29e8ddd4b1e69b6))
+* **plugin-nested-docs:** parent filterOptions errors when specifying breadcrumbsFieldSlug ([c4a4678](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/c4a4678afb097cf94c682595a78e416767a1fea8))
+* prevents row overflow ([#4704](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4704)) ([9828772](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/98287728900cb88fa6a465899f030f81df28fc69))
+* relations with number based ids (postgres) show untitled ID: x ([1b91408](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/1b914083c8ee0c1b1d64fa7d4471ede0a24cfdb7))
+* sidebar fields not disabled by access permissions ([#4682](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4682)) ([85e38b7](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/85e38b7cfd5c0772344c4a8fb5100f7c48eb508f))
+* unlock user condition always passes due to seconds conversion ([#4610](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4610)) ([d543665](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/d543665995410256f77fe136173339aee6dcc7da))
+
+## [2.6.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.5.0...v2.6.0) (2024-01-03)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **db-mongodb:** add transactionOptions ([f2c8ac4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f2c8ac4a9aa9120339af6759170f5a708469698d))
+* extend locales to have fallbackLocales ([9fac2ef](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/9fac2ef24e2ade4cf55b0d6a0e7f67e0edf57539))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* "The punycode module is deprecated" warning by updating nodemailer ([00d8480](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/00d8480062d99dee56ef61a955f48a92efa6cbea))
+* adjusts json field joi schema to allow editorOptions ([bff4cf5](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/bff4cf518f748efb9179f112c606d11d25db3d99))
+* **db-postgres:** Wait for transaction to complete on commit ([#4582](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4582)) ([a71d37b](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/a71d37b39806cd5956378a10246802d01d06c2dd))
+* detect language from request headers accept-language ([#4656](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4656)) ([69a9944](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/69a99445c9f1638a962a9c08ffe0bdc22e538bf6))
+* graphql multiple locales ([98890ee](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/98890eee1f527c8f245b2353d7e1caca4d2a7d8c))
+* navigation locks when modal is closed with esc ([#4664](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4664)) ([be3beab](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/be3beabb9bafa137aa89e84cf47246017e969be8))
+* req.locale and req.fallbackLocale get reassigned in local operations ([aa048d5](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/aa048d5409acd42b8f56367a16934085df9fbce2))
+* resets actions array when navigating out of view with actions ([#4585](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4585)) ([5c55231](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5c5523195ccfa94a9bf42441e2a378f87836e64d))
+* **richtext-lexical:** z-index issues ([#4570](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4570)) ([8015e99](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/8015e999cd5834f532a200ef03fd392d04b3209f))
+* tab field error when using the same interface name ([#4657](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4657)) ([f1fa374](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f1fa374ed12b50fdf210f17ae1dda603f09a9726))
+
+## [2.5.0](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/v2.4.0...v2.5.0) (2023-12-19)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* add Chinese Traditional translation ([#4372](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4372)) ([50253f6](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/50253f617c22d0d185bbac7f9d4304cddbc01f06))
+* add context to auth and globals local API ([#4449](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4449)) ([168d629](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/168d6296974042c3ff2a113f9f6c2bded7ba2b3e))
+* adds new `actions` property to admin customization ([#4468](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4468)) ([9e8f14a](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/9e8f14a897e77f6933eedb2410956a468f4187c3))
+* async live preview urls ([#4339](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4339)) ([5f17324](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5f173241df6dc316d498767b1c81718e9c2b9a51))
+* pass path to FieldDescription ([#4364](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4364)) ([3b8a27d](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3b8a27d199b3969cbca6ca750450798cb70f21e8))
+* **plugin-form-builder:** Lexical support ([#4487](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4487)) ([c6c5cab](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/c6c5cabfbb7eb954eea51170a6af7582b1f9b84b))
+* prevent querying relationship when filterOptions returns false ([#4392](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4392)) ([c1bd338](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/c1bd338d0d5e899f3892f1d18e355c00b265447a))
+* **richtext-lexical:** improve floating select menu Dropdown classNames ([#4444](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4444)) ([9331204](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/9331204295bfeaf7dd10bc075f42995b2cab2de4))
+* **richtext-lexical:** improve link URL validation ([#4442](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4442)) ([9babf68](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/9babf6804ce04d5828167eb8e7717727fe1cd472))
+* **richtext-lexical:** lazy import React components to prevent client-only code from leaking into the server ([#4290](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4290)) ([5de347f](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5de347ffffca3bf38315d3d87d2ccc5c28cd2723))
+* **richtext-lexical:** Link & Relationship Feature: field-level configurable allowed relationships ([#4182](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4182)) ([7af8f29](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/7af8f29b4a8dddf389356e4db142f8d434cdc964))
+* **richtext-lexical:** link node: change doc data format to be consistent with relationship field ([#4504](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4504)) ([cc0ba89](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/cc0ba895188f40181c6ba3779f66d547d4ea66f9))
+* **richtext-lexical:** rename TreeviewFeature into TreeViewFeature ([#4520](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4520)) ([c49fd66](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/c49fd6692231b68ca61b079103a0fd7aa4673be1))
+* **richtext-lexical:** Slate to Lexical converter: add blockquote conversion, convert custom link fields ([#4486](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4486)) ([31f8f3c](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/31f8f3cac6bfd08f3adfa0a026a57c4b1b510045))
+* **richtext-lexical:** Upload html serializer: Output picture element if the image has multiple sizes, improve absolute URL creation ([e558894](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/e55889480fceb8995646621923159d92de6e89c9))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* adds bg color for year/month select options in datepicker ([#4508](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4508)) ([07371b9](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/07371b9cad111999f2df4e1f709d6b95cd511c15))
+* correctly fetches externally stored files when passing uploadEdits ([#4505](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4505)) ([228d45c](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/228d45cf52e592cea6377cd93648fba75d73c88d))
+* cursor jumping around inside json field ([#4453](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4453)) ([6300037](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/63000373e66fb39443f882689e0ecf5c11ed8ad0))
+* **db-mongodb:** documentDB unique constraint throws incorrect error ([#4513](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4513)) ([05e8914](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/05e8914db70fa64bfb2d15ecfb58e9c229d71108))
+* **db-postgres:** findOne correctly querying with where queries ([#4550](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4550)) ([8bc31cd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/8bc31cd5923517ab39ae1427aa0d0fb19d876dab))
+* **db-postgres:** querying nested blocks fields ([#4404](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4404)) ([6e9ae65](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/6e9ae65374124ee000cc2988ef77247c94b0dd18))
+* **db-postgres:** sorting on a not-configured field throws error ([#4382](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4382)) ([dbaecda](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/dbaecda0e92fcb0fa67b4c5ac085e025f02de53a))
+* defaultValues computed on new globals ([#4380](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4380)) ([b6cffce](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/b6cffcea07b9fa21698b00b8bbed6f27197ded41))
+* disallow duplicate fieldNames to be used on the same level in the config ([#4381](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4381)) ([a1d66b8](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/a1d66b83e0dbea21e8da549b73cd25c537a57938))
+* ensure ui fields do not make it into gql schemas ([#4457](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4457)) ([3a20ddc](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3a20ddc5f85162a316006f22ba66ee1c7aab99e3))
+* format fields within tab for list controls ([#4516](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4516)) ([2650c70](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/2650c70960a7374307a8862c3940c97d337d1d30))
+* formats locales with multiple labels for versions locale selector ([#4495](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4495)) ([8257661](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/8257661c47b5b968a57fb2228d7045d876a3f484))
+* graphql schema generation for fields without queryable subfields ([#4463](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4463)) ([13e3e06](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/13e3e0671353ca34e603fece57a12199f2082ca0))
+* handles null upload field values ([#4397](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4397)) ([cf9a370](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/cf9a3704df21ce8b32feb0680793cba804cd66f7))
+* **live-preview:** populates rte uploads and relationships ([#4379](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4379)) ([4090aeb](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/4090aebb0e94e776258f0c1c761044a4744a1857))
+* **live-preview:** sends raw js objects through window.postMessage instead of json ([#4354](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4354)) ([03a3872](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/03a387233d1b8876a2fcaa5f3b3fd5ed512c0bc4))
+* make admin navigation transition smoother ([#4217](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4217)) ([eb6572e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/eb6572e9e56e680cad331c1bc5da47e91306deb9))
+* omit field default value if read access returns false ([#4518](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4518)) ([3e9ef84](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3e9ef849cd8e69e1e8d7f2f653f0647e93c8ab39))
+* pin ts-node versions which are causing swc errors ([#4447](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4447)) ([b9c0248](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/b9c024882350d14edd57f0f662a2269ed37975e3))
+* properly spreads collection fields into non-tabbed configs [#50](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/50) ([#51](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/51)) ([7e88159](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/7e88159e99e2afdc10addc02cf299c11fe188be7))
+* **plugin-form-builder:** removes use of slate in rich-text serializer ([#4451](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4451)) ([3df52a8](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/3df52a88568622f8fafeabad47c7501229e4ea5f))
+* **plugin-nested-docs:** properly exports field utilities ([#4462](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4462)) ([1cc87bd](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/1cc87bd8ea575dfa2e1f5ce5b38414bbba95b2cb))
+* **richtext-*:** loosen RichTextAdapter types due to re-occuring ts strict mode errors ([#4416](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4416)) ([48f1299](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/48f1299fcba3e3811c6a7f31499f238537f9a5e3))
+* **richtext-lexical:** Blocks field: should not prompt for unsaved changes due to value comparison between null and non-existent props ([#4450](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4450)) ([548e78c](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/548e78c598cb6d029e7cc40f80d9855754f043bc))
+* **richtext-lexical:** do not add unnecessary paragraph before upload, relationship and blocks nodes ([#4441](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4441)) ([5c2739e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5c2739ebd144620cfd4ff02531f5812dd62ac61d))
+* **richtext-lexical:** lexicalHTML field not working when used inside of Blocks field ([128f9c4](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/128f9c4e7e6e20dd1ee221f49428a5bce5179c5f))
+* **richtext-lexical:** lexicalHTML field now works when used inside of row fields ([#4440](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4440)) ([0421173](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/0421173f9e2d6db1b6a94b25884ea807921f2d09))
+* **richtext-lexical:** not all types of URLs are validated correctly ([ac7f980](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/ac7f9809bc2b9fb6a52b48c10f7d51414801e4de))
+* searching by id sends undefined in where query param ([#4464](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4464)) ([46e8c01](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/46e8c01fbed68856be68804f2bd9744c4c6f5a95))
+* simplifies query validation and fixes nested relationship fields ([#4391](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4391)) ([4b5453e](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/4b5453e8e5484f7afcadbf5bccf8369b552969c6))
+* updates return value of empty arrays in getDataByPath ([#4553](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4553)) ([f3748a1](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/f3748a1534a13e6d844aadd9f0e3e6acbe483d03))
+* upload editing error with plugin-cloud ([#4170](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4170)) ([fcbe574](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/fcbe5744d945dc43642cdaa2007ddc252ecafafa))
+* upload related issues, cropping, fetching local file, external preview image ([#4461](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4461)) ([45c472d](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/45c472d6b35c41e597038089ad1755cdb88193b6))
+* uploads files after validation ([#4218](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4218)) ([65adfd2](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/65adfd21ed538b79628dc4f8ce9e1a5a1bba6aed))
+
+### ⚠ BREAKING CHANGES
+
+#### @payloadcms/richtext-lexical
+
+* **richtext-lexical:** rename TreeviewFeature into TreeViewFeature ([#4520](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4520)) ([c49fd66](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/c49fd6692231b68ca61b079103a0fd7aa4673be1))
+
+If you import TreeviewFeature, you have to rename the import to use TreeViewFeature (capitalized "V")
+
+* **richtext-lexical:** link node: change doc data format to be consistent with relationship field ([#4504](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4504)) ([cc0ba89](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/cc0ba895188f40181c6ba3779f66d547d4ea66f9))
+
+An unpopulated, internal link node no longer saves the doc id under fields.doc.value.id. Now, it saves it under fields.doc.value.
+Migration inside of payload is automatic. If you are reading from the link node inside of your frontend though, you will have to adjust it.
+
+* **richtext-lexical:** improve floating select menu Dropdown classNames ([#4444](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4444)) ([9331204](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/9331204295bfeaf7dd10bc075f42995b2cab2de4))
+
+Dropdown component has a new mandatory sectionKey prop
+
+* **richtext-lexical:** lazy import React components to prevent client-only code from leaking into the server ([#4290](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4290)) ([5de347f](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/commit/5de347ffffca3bf38315d3d87d2ccc5c28cd2723))
+
+1. Most important: If you are updating `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` to v0.4.0 or higher, you will HAVE to update payload to the latest version as well. If you don't update it, payload likely won't start up due to validation errors. It's generally good practice to upgrade packages prefixed with @payloadcms/ together with payload and keep the versions in sync.
+
+2. `@payloadcms/richtext-slate` is not affected by this.
+
+3. Every single property in the `Feature` interface which accepts a React component now no longer accepts a React component, but a function which imports a React component instead. This is done to ensure no unnecessary client-only code is leaked to the server when importing Features on a server.
+Here's an example migration:
+
+Old:
+
+```ts
+import { BlockIcon } from '../../lexical/ui/icons/Block'
+...
+Icon: BlockIcon,
+```
+
+New:
+
+```ts
+// import { BlockIcon } from '../../lexical/ui/icons/Block' // <= Remove this import
+...
+Icon: () =>
+  // @ts-expect-error
+  import('../../lexical/ui/icons/Block').then((module) => module.BlockIcon),
+```
+
+Or alternatively, if you're using default exports instead of named exports:
+
+```ts
+// import BlockIcon from '../../lexical/ui/icons/Block' // <= Remove this import
+...
+Icon: () =>
+  // @ts-expect-error
+  import('../../lexical/ui/icons/Block'),
+```
+
+4. The types for `SanitizedEditorConfig` and `EditorConfig` have changed. Their respective `lexical` property no longer expects the `LexicalEditorConfig`. It now expects a function returning the `LexicalEditorConfig`. You will have to adjust this if you adjusted that property anywhere, e.g. when initializing the lexical field editor property, or when initializing a new headless editor.
+
+5. The following exports are now exported from the `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/components` subpath exports instead of `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`:
+
+- `ToolbarButton`
+- `ToolbarDropdown`
+- `RichTextCell`
+- `RichTextField`
+- `defaultEditorLexicalConfig`
+
+You will have to adjust your imports, only if you import any of those properties in your project.
+
 ## @payloadcms/richtext-*
 
 ### [@payloadcms/richtext-lexical 0.4.1](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/richtext-lexical/0.4.0...richtext-lexical/0.4.1) (2023-12-07)

app/(payload)/admin/[[...segments]]/not-found.tsx

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
+import type { Metadata } from 'next'
+
+import config from '@payload-config'
+/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
+import { NotFoundPage, generatePageMetadata } from '@payloadcms/next/views'
+
+type Args = {
+  params: {
+    segments: string[]
+  }
+  searchParams: {
+    [key: string]: string | string[]
+  }
+}
+
+export const generateMetadata = ({ params, searchParams }: Args): Promise<Metadata> =>
+  generatePageMetadata({ config, params, searchParams })
+
+const NotFound = ({ params, searchParams }: Args) => NotFoundPage({ config, params, searchParams })
+
+export default NotFound

app/(payload)/admin/[[...segments]]/page.tsx

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
+import type { Metadata } from 'next'
+
+import config from '@payload-config'
+/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
+import { RootPage, generatePageMetadata } from '@payloadcms/next/views'
+
+type Args = {
+  params: {
+    segments: string[]
+  }
+  searchParams: {
+    [key: string]: string | string[]
+  }
+}
+
+export const generateMetadata = ({ params, searchParams }: Args): Promise<Metadata> =>
+  generatePageMetadata({ config, params, searchParams })
+
+const Page = ({ params, searchParams }: Args) => RootPage({ config, params, searchParams })
+
+export default Page

app/(payload)/api/[...slug]/route.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
+/* DO NOT MODIFY it because it could be re-written at any time. */
+import config from '@payload-config'
+import { REST_DELETE, REST_GET, REST_OPTIONS, REST_PATCH, REST_POST } from '@payloadcms/next/routes'
+
+export const GET = REST_GET(config)
+export const POST = REST_POST(config)
+export const DELETE = REST_DELETE(config)
+export const PATCH = REST_PATCH(config)
+export const OPTIONS = REST_OPTIONS(config)

app/(payload)/api/graphql-playground/route.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
+/* DO NOT MODIFY it because it could be re-written at any time. */
+import config from '@payload-config'
+import { GRAPHQL_PLAYGROUND_GET } from '@payloadcms/next/routes'
+
+export const GET = GRAPHQL_PLAYGROUND_GET(config)

app/(payload)/api/graphql/route.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
+/* DO NOT MODIFY it because it could be re-written at any time. */
+import config from '@payload-config'
+import { GRAPHQL_POST } from '@payloadcms/next/routes'
+
+export const POST = GRAPHQL_POST(config)

app/(payload)/layout.tsx

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
+import configPromise from '@payload-config'
+import { RootLayout } from '@payloadcms/next/layouts'
+/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
+import React from 'react'
+
+import './custom.scss'
+
+type Args = {
+  children: React.ReactNode
+}
+
+const Layout = ({ children }: Args) => <RootLayout config={configPromise}>{children}</RootLayout>
+
+export default Layout

app/my-route/route.ts

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+export const GET = () => {
+  return Response.json({
+    hello: 'elliot',
+  })
+}

changelog.config.js

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-module.exports = {
-  // gitRawCommitsOpts: {
-  //   from: 'v2.0.9',
-  //   path: 'packages/payload',
-  // },
-  // infile: 'CHANGELOG.md',
-  options: {
-    preset: {
-      name: 'conventionalcommits',
-      types: [
-        { section: 'Features', type: 'feat' },
-        { section: 'Features', type: 'feature' },
-        { section: 'Bug Fixes', type: 'fix' },
-        { section: 'Documentation', type: 'docs' },
-      ],
-    },
-  },
-  // outfile: 'NEW.md',
-  writerOpts: {
-    commitGroupsSort: (a, b) => {
-      const groupOrder = ['Features', 'Bug Fixes', 'Documentation']
-      return groupOrder.indexOf(a.title) - groupOrder.indexOf(b.title)
-    },
-
-    // Scoped commits at the end, alphabetical sort
-    commitsSort: (a, b) => {
-      if (a.scope || b.scope) {
-        if (!a.scope) return -1
-        if (!b.scope) return 1
-        return a.scope === b.scope
-          ? a.subject.localeCompare(b.subject)
-          : a.scope.localeCompare(b.scope)
-      }
-
-      // Alphabetical sort
-      return a.subject.localeCompare(b.subject)
-    },
-  },
-}

docs/admin/bundlers.mdx

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ import { webpackBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-webpack'
 export default buildConfig({
   // highlight-start
   admin: {
-    bundler: webpackBundler() // or viteBundler()
+    bundler: webpackBundler(), // or viteBundler()
   },
   // highlight-end
 })
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Since the bundled file is sent to the browser, it can't include any server-only
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Using environment variables in the admin UI</strong>
   <br />
-  Bundles should not contain sensitive information. By default, Payload
-  excludes env variables from the bundle. If you need to use env variables in your payload config,
-  you need to prefix them with `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_` to make them available to the client-side code.
+  Bundles should not contain sensitive information. By default, Payload excludes env variables from
+  the bundle. If you need to use env variables in your payload config, you need to prefix them with
+  `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_` to make them available to the client-side code.
 </Banner>

docs/admin/components.mdx

@@ -13,29 +13,29 @@ To swap in your own React component, first, consult the list of available compon
 <Banner type="success">
   <strong>Tip:</strong>
   <br />
-  Custom components will automatically be provided with all props that the default component normally
-  accepts.
+  Custom components will automatically be provided with all props that the default component
+  normally accepts.
 </Banner>
 
 ### Base Component Overrides
 
 You can override a set of admin panel-wide components by providing a component to your base Payload config's `admin.components` property. The following options are available:
 
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Nav`**             | Contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety.                                                                                                                                                         |
-| **`BeforeNavLinks`**  | Array of components to inject into the built-in Nav, _before_ the links themselves.                                                                                                                         |
-| **`AfterNavLinks`**   | Array of components to inject into the built-in Nav, _after_ the links.                                                                                                                                     |
-| **`BeforeDashboard`** | Array of components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _before_ the default dashboard contents.                                                                                                         |
-| **`AfterDashboard`**  | Array of components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents. [Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/test/admin/components/AfterDashboard/index.tsx)   |
-| **`BeforeLogin`**     | Array of components to inject into the built-in Login, _before_ the default login form.                                                                                                                     |
-| **`AfterLogin`**      | Array of components to inject into the built-in Login, _after_ the default login form.                                                                                                                      |
-| **`logout.Button`**   | A custom React component.                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`graphics.Icon`**   | Used as a graphic within the `Nav` component. Often represents a condensed version of a full logo.                                                                                                          |
-| **`graphics.Logo`**   | The full logo to be used in contexts like the `Login` view.                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`providers`**       | Define your own provider components that will wrap the Payload Admin UI. [More](#custom-providers)                                                                                                          |
-| **`actions`**         | Array of custom components to be rendered in the Payload Admin UI header, providing additional interactivity and functionality.                                                                             |
-| **`views`**           | Override or create new views within the Payload Admin UI. [More](#views)                                                                                                                                    |
+| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Nav`**             | Contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety.                                                                                                                                                       |
+| **`BeforeNavLinks`**  | Array of components to inject into the built-in Nav, _before_ the links themselves.                                                                                                                       |
+| **`AfterNavLinks`**   | Array of components to inject into the built-in Nav, _after_ the links.                                                                                                                                   |
+| **`BeforeDashboard`** | Array of components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _before_ the default dashboard contents.                                                                                                       |
+| **`AfterDashboard`**  | Array of components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents. [Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/test/admin/components/AfterDashboard/index.tsx) |
+| **`BeforeLogin`**     | Array of components to inject into the built-in Login, _before_ the default login form.                                                                                                                   |
+| **`AfterLogin`**      | Array of components to inject into the built-in Login, _after_ the default login form.                                                                                                                    |
+| **`logout.Button`**   | A custom React component.                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| **`graphics.Icon`**   | Used as a graphic within the `Nav` component. Often represents a condensed version of a full logo.                                                                                                        |
+| **`graphics.Logo`**   | The full logo to be used in contexts like the `Login` view.                                                                                                                                               |
+| **`providers`**       | Define your own provider components that will wrap the Payload Admin UI. [More](#custom-providers)                                                                                                        |
+| **`actions`**         | Array of custom components to be rendered in the Payload Admin UI header, providing additional interactivity and functionality.                                                                           |
+| **`views`**           | Override or create new views within the Payload Admin UI. [More](#views)                                                                                                                                  |
 
 Here is a full example showing how to swap some of these components for your own.
 
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ export default buildConfig({
 
 You can easily swap entire views with your own by using the `admin.components.views` property. At the root level, Payload renders the following views by default, all of which can be overridden:
 
-| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
-| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Account`**      | The Account view is used to show the currently logged in user's Account page.                                                |
-| **`Dashboard`**    | The main landing page of the Admin panel.                                                                                    |
+| Property        | Description                                                                   |
+| --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Account`**   | The Account view is used to show the currently logged in user's Account page. |
+| **`Dashboard`** | The main landing page of the Admin panel.                                     |
 
 To swap out any of these views, simply pass in your custom component to the `admin.components.views` property of your Payload config. For example:
 
@@ -135,7 +135,10 @@ To add a _new_ view to the Admin Panel, simply add another key to the `views` ob
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  Routes are cascading. This means that unless explicitly given the `exact` property, they will match on URLs that simply _start_ with the route's path. This is helpful when creating catch-all routes in your application. Alternatively, you could define your nested route _before_ your parent route.
+  Routes are cascading. This means that unless explicitly given the `exact` property, they will
+  match on URLs that simply _start_ with the route's path. This is helpful when creating catch-all
+  routes in your application. Alternatively, you could define your nested route _before_ your parent
+  route.
 </Banner>
 
 _For more examples regarding how to customize components, look at the following [examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/test/admin/components)._
@@ -214,7 +217,7 @@ export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
         PreviewButton: CustomPreviewButton,
       },
     },
-  }
+  },
 }
 ```
 
@@ -222,10 +225,10 @@ export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
 
 To swap out entire views on collections, you can use the `admin.components.views` property on the collection's config. Payload renders the following views by default, all of which can be overridden:
 
-| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
-| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Edit`**         | The Edit view is used to edit a single document for a given collection.                                                      |
-| **`List`**         | The List view is used to show a list of documents for a given collection.                                                    |
+| Property   | Description                                                               |
+| ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Edit`** | The Edit view is used to edit a single document for a given collection.   |
+| **`List`** | The List view is used to show a list of documents for a given collection. |
 
 To swap out any of these views, simply pass in your custom component to the `admin.components.views` property of your Payload config. This will replace the entire view, including the page breadcrumbs, title, tabs, etc, _as well as all nested routes_.
 
@@ -310,9 +313,9 @@ As with Collections, you can override components on a global-by-global basis via
 
 To swap out views for globals, you can use the `admin.components.views` property on the global's config. Payload renders the following views by default, all of which can be overridden:
 
-| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
-| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Edit`**         | The Edit view is used to edit a single document for a given Global.                                                          |
+| Property   | Description                                                         |
+| ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Edit`** | The Edit view is used to edit a single document for a given Global. |
 
 To swap out any of these views, simply pass in your custom component to the `admin.components.views` property of your Payload config. This will replace the entire view, including the page breadcrumbs, title, and tabs, _as well as all nested views_.
 
@@ -379,13 +382,13 @@ You can also add _new_ tabs to the `Edit` view by adding another key to the `com
 
 You can easily swap individual collection or global edit views. To do this, pass an _object_ to the `admin.components.views.Edit` property of the config. Payload renders the following views by default, all of which can be overridden:
 
-| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
-| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Default`**      | The Default view is the primary view in which your document is edited.                                                       |
-| **`Versions`**     | The Versions view is used to view the version history of a single document. [More details](../versions)                      |
-| **`Version`**      | The Version view is used to view a single version of a single document for a given collection. [More details](../versions).  |
-| **`API`**          | The API view is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document.                                             |
-| **`LivePreview`**  | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. [More details](../live-preview)                          |
+| Property          | Description                                                                                                                 |
+| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Default`**     | The Default view is the primary view in which your document is edited.                                                      |
+| **`Versions`**    | The Versions view is used to view the version history of a single document. [More details](../versions)                     |
+| **`Version`**     | The Version view is used to view a single version of a single document for a given collection. [More details](../versions). |
+| **`API`**         | The API view is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document.                                            |
+| **`LivePreview`** | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. [More details](../live-preview)                         |
 
 Here is an example:
 
@@ -396,7 +399,8 @@ export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
   admin: {
     components: {
       views: {
-        Edit: { // You can also define `components.views.Edit` as a component, this will override _all_ nested views
+        Edit: {
+          // You can also define `components.views.Edit` as a component, this will override _all_ nested views
           Default: MyCustomDefaultTab,
           Versions: MyCustomVersionsTab,
           Version: MyCustomVersionTab,
@@ -423,7 +427,7 @@ export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
             Component: MyCustomTab,
             path: '/my-custom-tab',
             // You an swap the entire tab component out for your own
-            Tab: MyCustomTab
+            Tab: MyCustomTab,
           },
           AnotherCustomView: {
             Component: AnotherCustomView,
@@ -432,7 +436,7 @@ export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
             Tab: {
               label: 'Another Custom View',
               href: '/another-custom-view',
-            }
+            },
           },
         },
       },
@@ -534,14 +538,12 @@ When swapping out the `Field` component, you'll be responsible for sending and r
 ```tsx
 import { useField } from 'payload/components/forms'
 
-type Props = { path: string }
-
-const CustomTextField: React.FC<Props> = ({ path }) => {
+const CustomTextField: React.FC<{ path: string }> = ({ path }) => {
   // highlight-start
-  const { value, setValue } = useField<Props>({ path })
+  const { value, setValue } = useField<string>({ path })
   // highlight-end
 
-  return <input onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)} value={value.path} />
+  return <input onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)} value={value} />
 }
 ```
 
@@ -554,19 +556,20 @@ const CustomTextField: React.FC<Props> = ({ path }) => {
 
 These are the props that will be passed to your custom Label.
 
-| Property         | Description                                                      |
-| ---------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`htmlFor`**    | Property used to set `for` attribute for label.                  |
-| **`label`**      | Label value provided in field, it can be used with i18n.         |
-| **`required`**   | A boolean value that represents if the field is required or not. |
+| Property       | Description                                                      |
+| -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`htmlFor`**  | Property used to set `for` attribute for label.                  |
+| **`label`**    | Label value provided in field, it can be used with i18n.         |
+| **`required`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is required or not. |
 
 #### Example
 
 ```tsx
+'use client'
 import React from 'react'
-import { useTranslation } from 'react-i18next'
+import { getTranslation } from '@payloadcms/translations'
+import { useTranslation } from '@payloadcms/ui/providers/Translation'
 
-import { getTranslation } from 'payload/utilities/getTranslation'
 
 type Props = {
   htmlFor?: string
@@ -580,10 +583,12 @@ const CustomLabel: React.FC<Props> = (props) => {
   const { i18n } = useTranslation()
 
   if (label) {
-    return (<span>
-      {getTranslation(label, i18n)}
-      {required && <span className="required">*</span>}
-    </span>);
+    return (
+      <span>
+        {getTranslation(label, i18n)}
+        {required && <span className="required">*</span>}
+      </span>
+    )
   }
 
   return null
@@ -594,10 +599,10 @@ const CustomLabel: React.FC<Props> = (props) => {
 
 These are the props that will be passed to your custom Error.
 
-| Property         | Description                                                   |
-| ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`message`**    | The error message.                                            |
-| **`showError`**  | A boolean value that represents if the error should be shown. |
+| Property        | Description                                                   |
+| --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`message`**   | The error message.                                            |
+| **`showError`** | A boolean value that represents if the error should be shown. |
 
 #### Example
 
@@ -613,8 +618,8 @@ const CustomError: React.FC<Props> = (props) => {
   const { message, showError } = props
 
   if (showError) {
-    return <p style={{color: 'red'}}>{message}</p>
-  } else return null;
+    return <p style={{ color: 'red' }}>{message}</p>
+  } else return null
 }
 ```
 
@@ -631,7 +636,15 @@ import { Field } from 'payload/types'
 import './style.scss'
 
 const ClearButton: React.FC = () => {
-  return <button onClick={() => {/* ... */}}>X</button>
+  return (
+    <button
+      onClick={() => {
+        /* ... */
+      }}
+    >
+      X
+    </button>
+  )
 }
 
 const titleField: Field = {
@@ -639,12 +652,12 @@ const titleField: Field = {
   type: 'text',
   admin: {
     components: {
-      afterInput: [ClearButton]
-    }
-  }
+      afterInput: [ClearButton],
+    },
+  },
 }
 
-export default titleField;
+export default titleField
 ```
 
 ## Custom providers
@@ -668,21 +681,21 @@ To make use of Payload SCSS variables / mixins to use directly in your own compo
 
 ### Getting the current language
 
-When developing custom components you can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's i18n support. The best way to do this is to add your translation resources to the [i18n configuration](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/i18n) and import `useTranslation` from `react-i18next` in your components.
+When developing custom components you can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's i18n support. The best way to do this is to add your translation resources to the [i18n configuration](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/i18n) and import `useTranslation` from `@payloadcms/ui/providers/Translation` in your components.
 
 For example:
 
 ```tsx
-import { useTranslation } from 'react-i18next'
+import { useTranslation } from '@payloadcms/ui/providers/Translation'
 
 const CustomComponent: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-start
-  const { t, i18n } = useTranslation('namespace1')
+  const { t, i18n } = useTranslation()
   // highlight-end
 
   return (
     <ul>
-      <li>{t('key', { variable: 'value' })}</li>
+      <li>{t('namespace1:key', { variable: 'value' })}</li>
       <li>{t('namespace2:key', { variable: 'value' })}</li>
       <li>{i18n.language}</li>
     </ul>

docs/admin/excluding-server-code.mdx

@@ -104,6 +104,7 @@ By default the browser bundle will now include all the code from that file and a
 To fix this, we need to alias the `createStripeSubscription` file to a different file that can safely be included in the browser bundle.
 
 First, we will create a mock file to replace the server-only file when bundling:
+
 ```js
 // mocks/modules.js
 
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ import { Subscriptions } from './collections/Subscriptions'
 const mockModulePath = path.resolve(__dirname, 'mocks/emptyObject.js')
 const fullFilePath = path.resolve(
   __dirname,
-  'collections/Subscriptions/hooks/createStripeSubscription'
+  'collections/Subscriptions/hooks/createStripeSubscription',
 )
 
 export default buildConfig({
@@ -173,24 +174,23 @@ export default buildConfig({
   admin: {
     bundler: viteBundler(),
     vite: (incomingViteConfig) => {
-      const existingAliases = incomingViteConfig?.resolve?.alias || {};
-      let aliasArray: { find: string | RegExp; replacement: string; }[] = [];
+      const existingAliases = incomingViteConfig?.resolve?.alias || {}
+      let aliasArray: { find: string | RegExp; replacement: string }[] = []
 
       // Pass the existing Vite aliases
       if (Array.isArray(existingAliases)) {
-        aliasArray = existingAliases;
+        aliasArray = existingAliases
       } else {
-        aliasArray = Object.values(existingAliases);
+        aliasArray = Object.values(existingAliases)
       }
 
-
       // highlight-start
       // Add your own aliases using the find and replacement keys
       // remember, vite aliases are exact-match only
       aliasArray.push({
         find: '../server-only-module',
-        replacement: path.resolve(__dirname, './path/to/browser-safe-module.js')
-      });
+        replacement: path.resolve(__dirname, './path/to/browser-safe-module.js'),
+      })
       // highlight-end
 
       return {
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ export default buildConfig({
         resolve: {
           ...(incomingViteConfig?.resolve || {}),
           alias: aliasArray,
-        }
-      };
+        },
+      }
     },
   },
 })

docs/admin/hooks.mdx

@@ -635,12 +635,44 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
   ]}
 />
 
+### useCollapsible
+
+The `useCollapsible` hook allows you to control parent collapsibles:
+
+| Property                  | Description                                                                                                  |
+| ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --- |
+| **`isCollapsed`**         | State of the collapsible. `true` if open, `false` if collapsed                                               |
+| **`isVisible`**           | If nested, determine if the nearest collapsible is visible. `true` if no parent is closed, `false` otherwise |
+| **`toggle`**              | Toggles the state of the nearest collapsible                                                                 |
+| **`isWithinCollapsible`** | Determine when you are within another collaspible                                                            |     |
+
+**Example:**
+
+```tsx
+import React from 'react'
+
+import { useCollapsible } from 'payload/components/utilities'
+
+const CustomComponent: React.FC = () => {
+  const { isCollapsed, toggle } = useCollapsible()
+
+  return (
+    <div>
+      <p className="field-type">I am {isCollapsed ? 'closed' : 'open'}</p>
+      <button onClick={toggle} type="button">
+        Toggle
+      </button>
+    </div>
+  )
+}
+```
+
 ### useDocumentInfo
 
 The `useDocumentInfo` hook provides lots of information about the document currently being edited, including the following:
 
 | Property                  | Description                                                                                                        |
-|---------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
 | **`collection`**          | If the doc is a collection, its collection config will be returned                                                 |
 | **`global`**              | If the doc is a global, its global config will be returned                                                         |
 | **`id`**                  | If the doc is a collection, its ID will be returned                                                                |
@@ -759,6 +791,34 @@ const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
 
 Returns methods to set and get user preferences. More info can be found [here](https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/preferences).
 
+### useTheme
+
+Returns the currently selected theme (`light`, `dark` or `auto`), a set function to update it and a boolean `autoMode`, used to determine if the theme value should be set automatically based on the user's device preferences.
+
+```tsx
+import { useTheme } from 'payload/components/utilities'
+
+const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
+  // highlight-start
+  const { autoMode, setTheme, theme } = useTheme()
+  // highlight-end
+
+  return (
+    <>
+      <span>
+        The current theme is {theme} and autoMode is {autoMode}
+      </span>
+      <button
+        type="button"
+        onClick={() => setTheme((prev) => (prev === 'light' ? 'dark' : 'light'))}
+      >
+        Toggle theme
+      </button>
+    </>
+  )
+}
+```
+
 ### useTableColumns
 
 Returns methods to manipulate table columns
@@ -776,10 +836,7 @@ const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-end
 
   return (
-    <button
-      type="button"
-      onClick={resetColumns}
-    >
+    <button type="button" onClick={resetColumns}>
       Reset columns
     </button>
   )
@@ -790,10 +847,10 @@ const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
 
 The `useDocumentEvents` hook provides a way of subscribing to cross-document events, such as updates made to nested documents within a drawer. This hook will report document events that are outside the scope of the document currently being edited. This hook provides the following:
 
-| Property                  | Description                                                                                                                               |
-|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| **`mostRecentUpdate`**    | An object containing the most recently updated document. It contains the `entitySlug`, `id` (if collection), and `updatedAt` properties   |
-| **`reportUpdate`**        | A method used to report updates to documents. It accepts the same arguments as the `mostRecentUpdate` property.                           |
+| Property               | Description                                                                                                                             |
+| ---------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`mostRecentUpdate`** | An object containing the most recently updated document. It contains the `entitySlug`, `id` (if collection), and `updatedAt` properties |
+| **`reportUpdate`**     | A method used to report updates to documents. It accepts the same arguments as the `mostRecentUpdate` property.                         |
 
 **Example:**
 
@@ -803,14 +860,11 @@ import { useDocumentEvents } from 'payload/components/hooks'
 const ListenForUpdates: React.FC = () => {
   const { mostRecentUpdate } = useDocumentEvents()
 
-  return (
-    <span>
-      {JSON.stringify(mostRecentUpdate)}
-    </span>
-  )
+  return <span>{JSON.stringify(mostRecentUpdate)}</span>
 }
 ```
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  Right now the `useDocumentEvents` hook only tracks recently updated documents, but in the future it will track more document-related events as needed, such as document creation, deletion, etc.
+  Right now the `useDocumentEvents` hook only tracks recently updated documents, but in the future
+  it will track more document-related events as needed, such as document creation, deletion, etc.
 </Banner>

docs/admin/overview.mdx

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ All options for the Admin panel are defined in your base Payload config file.
 | `bundler`         | The bundler that you would like to use to bundle the admin panel. Officially supported bundlers: [Webpack](/docs/admin/webpack) and [Vite](/docs/admin/vite).                                                                                                               |
 | `user`            | The `slug` of a Collection that you want be used to log in to the Admin dashboard. [More](/docs/admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection)                                                                                                                                   |
 | `buildPath`       | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin panel bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`.                                                                                                                            |
-| `meta`            | Base meta data to use for the Admin panel. Included properties are `titleSuffix`, `ogImage`, and `favicon`.                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| `meta`            | Base meta data to use for the Admin panel. Included properties are `titleSuffix`, `icons`, and `openGraph`. Can be overridden on a per collection or per global basis.                                                                                                      |
 | `disable`         | If set to `true`, the entire Admin panel will be disabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
 | `indexHTML`       | Optionally replace the entirety of the `index.html` file used by the Admin panel. Reference the [base index.html file](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/index.html) to ensure your replacement has the appropriate HTML elements. |
 | `css`             | Absolute path to a stylesheet that you can use to override / customize the Admin panel styling. [More](/docs/admin/customizing-css).                                                                                                                                        |
@@ -45,8 +45,7 @@ All options for the Admin panel are defined in your base Payload config file.
 | `components`      | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/components)                                                                                                                                                                             |
 | `webpack`         | Customize the Webpack config that's used to generate the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/webpack)                                                                                                                                                                           |
 | `vite`            | Customize the Vite config that's used to generate the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/vite)                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| `logoutRoute`     | The route for the `logout` page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| `inactivityRoute` | The route for the `logout` inactivity page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| `routes`          | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. I.e. `{ logout: '/custom-logout', inactivity: 'custom-inactivity' }`                                                                                                                                       |
 
 ### The Admin User Collection
 

docs/admin/vite.mdx

@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ desc: NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN
 ---
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  The Vite bundler is currently in beta. If you would like to help us test this package, we'd love to hear from you if you find any [bugs or issues](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/)!
+  The Vite bundler is currently in beta. If you would like to help us test this package, we'd love
+  to hear from you if you find any [bugs or issues](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/)!
 </Banner>
 
 Payload has a Vite bundler that you can install and bundle the Admin Panel with. This is an alternative to the [Webpack](/docs/admin/webpack) bundler and might give some performance boosts to your development workflow.
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
   collections: [],
   admin: {
     bundler: viteBundler(),
-  }
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -36,7 +37,8 @@ Vite works fundamentally differently than Webpack. In development mode, it will
 It then uses Rollup to create production builds of your admin UI. With Vite, you should see a decent performance boost—especially after your first cold start. However, that first cold start might take a few more seconds.
 
 <Banner type="warning">
-  In most cases, Vite should work out of the box. But existing Payload plugins may need to make compatibility changes to support Vite.
+  In most cases, Vite should work out of the box. But existing Payload plugins may need to make
+  compatibility changes to support Vite.
 </Banner>
 
 This is because Vite aliases work fundamentally differently than Webpack aliases, and Payload relies on aliasing server-only code out of the Payload config to ensure that the bundled admin JS works within your browser.

docs/admin/webpack.mdx

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ import { webpackBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-webpack'
 export default buildConfig({
   // highlight-start
   admin: {
-    bundler: webpackBundler()
+    bundler: webpackBundler(),
   },
   // highlight-end
 })

docs/authentication/config.mdx

@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ To enable API keys on a collection, set the `useAPIKey` auth option to `true`. F
   <strong>Important:</strong>
   If you change your `PAYLOAD_SECRET`, you will need to regenerate your API keys.
   <br />
-  The secret key is used to encrypt the API keys, so if you change the secret, existing API keys will no longer be valid.
+  The secret key is used to encrypt the API keys, so if you change the secret, existing API keys will
+  no longer be valid.
 </Banner>
 
 #### Authenticating via API Key

docs/authentication/overview.mdx

@@ -57,12 +57,7 @@ export const Admins: CollectionConfig = {
       name: 'role',
       type: 'select',
       required: true,
-      options: [
-        'user',
-        'admin',
-        'editor',
-        'developer',
-      ],
+      options: ['user', 'admin', 'editor', 'developer'],
     },
   ],
 }

docs/cloud/projects.mdx

@@ -30,6 +30,26 @@ Payload Cloud gives you S3 file storage backed by Cloudflare as a CDN, and this
 
 AWS Cognito is used for authentication to your S3 bucket. The [Payload Cloud Plugin](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud) will automatically pick up these values. These values are only if you'd like to access your files directly, outside of Payload Cloud.
 
+#### Accessing Files Outside of Payload Cloud
+
+If you'd like to access your files outside of Payload Cloud, you'll need to retrieve some values from your project's settings and put them into your environment variables. In Payload Cloud, navigate to the File Storage tab and copy the values using the copy button. Put these values in your .env file. Also copy the Cognito Password value separately and put into your .env file as well.
+
+When you are done, you should have the following values in your .env file:
+
+```env
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD=true
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_ENVIRONMENT=prod
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_COGNITO_USER_POOL_CLIENT_ID=
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_COGNITO_USER_POOL_ID=
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_COGNITO_IDENTITY_POOL_ID=
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_PROJECT_ID=
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_BUCKET=
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_BUCKET_REGION=
+PAYLOAD_CLOUD_COGNITO_PASSWORD=
+```
+
+The plugin will pick up these values and use them to access your files.
+
 ### Build Settings
 
 You can update settings from your Project’s Settings tab. Changes to your build settings will trigger a redeployment of your project.

docs/configuration/collections.mdx

@@ -13,23 +13,25 @@ It's often best practice to write your Collections in separate files and then im
 
 ## Options
 
-| Option            | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-|-------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| **`slug`** \*     | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Collection.                                                                                                                                          |
-| **`fields`** \*   | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Collection. [Click here](/docs/fields/overview) for a full list of field types as well as how to configure them. |
-| **`labels`**      | Singular and plural labels for use in identifying this Collection throughout Payload. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.                                                                                           |
-| **`admin`**       | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-options).                                                                                                                                               |
-| **`hooks`**       | Entry points to "tie in" to Collection actions at specific points. [More](/docs/hooks/overview#collection-hooks)                                                                                                         |
-| **`access`**      | Provide access control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More](/docs/access-control/overview/#collections)                                                   |
-| **`auth`**        | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. For more, consult the [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config) documentation.                                                          |
-| **`upload`**      | Specify options if you would like this Collection to support file uploads. For more, consult the [Uploads](/docs/upload/overview) documentation.                                                                         |
-| **`timestamps`**  | Set to false to disable documents' automatically generated `createdAt` and `updatedAt` timestamps.                                                                                                                       |
-| **`versions`**    | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More](/docs/versions/overview#collection-config)                                                                                            |
-| **`endpoints`**   | Add custom routes to the REST API. Set to `false` to disable routes. [More](/docs/rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints)                                                                                                    |
-| **`graphQL`**     | An object with `singularName` and `pluralName` strings used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. Set to `false` to disable GraphQL.                                                            |
-| **`typescript`**  | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.                                                                                                      |
-| **`defaultSort`** | Pass a top-level field to sort by default in the collection List view. Prefix the name of the field with a minus symbol ("-") to sort in descending order.                                                               |
-| **`custom`**      | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                                                |
+| Option                 | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
+|------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **`slug`** \*          | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Collection.                                                                                                                                          |
+| **`fields`** \*        | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Collection. [Click here](/docs/fields/overview) for a full list of field types as well as how to configure them. |
+| **`labels`**           | Singular and plural labels for use in identifying this Collection throughout Payload. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.                                                                                           |
+| **`admin`**            | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-options).                                                                                                                                               |
+| **`hooks`**            | Entry points to "tie in" to Collection actions at specific points. [More](/docs/hooks/overview#collection-hooks)                                                                                                         |
+| **`access`**           | Provide access control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More](/docs/access-control/overview/#collections)                                                   |
+| **`auth`**             | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. For more, consult the [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config) documentation.                                                          |
+| **`upload`**           | Specify options if you would like this Collection to support file uploads. For more, consult the [Uploads](/docs/upload/overview) documentation.                                                                         |
+| **`timestamps`**       | Set to false to disable documents' automatically generated `createdAt` and `updatedAt` timestamps.                                                                                                                       |
+| **`versions`**         | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More](/docs/versions/overview#collection-config)                                                                                            |
+| **`endpoints`**        | Add custom routes to the REST API. Set to `false` to disable routes. [More](/docs/rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints)                                                                                                    |
+| **`graphQL`**          | An object with `singularName` and `pluralName` strings used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. Set to `false` to disable GraphQL.                                                            |
+| **`typescript`**       | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.                                                                                                      |
+| **`disableDuplicate`** | When true, do not show the "Duplicate" button while editing documents within this collection and prevent `duplicate` from all APIs.                                                                                      |
+| **`defaultSort`**      | Pass a top-level field to sort by default in the collection List view. Prefix the name of the field with a minus symbol ("-") to sort in descending order.                                                               |
+| **`dbName`**      | Custom table or collection name depending on the database adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.
+| **`custom`**           | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                                                |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -68,17 +70,17 @@ You can customize the way that the Admin panel behaves on a collection-by-collec
 property on a collection's config.
 
 | Option                       | Description                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-|------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| ---------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | `group`                      | Text used as a label for grouping collection and global links together in the navigation.                                                                                                             |
 | `hidden`                     | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this collection from navigation and admin routing.                                                                 |
 | `hooks`                      | Admin-specific hooks for this collection. [More](#admin-hooks)                                                                                                                                        |
 | `useAsTitle`                 | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title.                                                |
 | `description`                | Text or React component to display below the Collection label in the List view to give editors more information.                                                                                      |
 | `defaultColumns`             | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this collection's List view.                                                                                              |
-| `disableDuplicate `          | Disables the "Duplicate" button while editing documents within this collection.                                                                                                                       |
 | `hideAPIURL`                 | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection.                                                                                                                        |
 | `enableRichTextLink`         | The [Rich Text](/docs/fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default.         |
 | `enableRichTextRelationship` | The [Rich Text](/docs/fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
+| `meta`                       | Metadata overrides to apply to the [Admin panel](../admin/overview). Included properties are `description` and `openGraph`.                                                                           |
 | `preview`                    | Function to generate preview URLS within the Admin panel that can point to your app. [More](#preview).                                                                                                |
 | `livePreview`                | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More](/docs/live-preview/overview).                                                                              |
 | `components`                 | Swap in your own React components to be used within this collection. [More](/docs/admin/components#collections)                                                                                       |
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
 Here are a few options that you can specify options for pagination on a collection-by-collection basis:
 
 | Option         | Description                                                                                         |
-|----------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| -------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | `defaultLimit` | Integer that specifies the default per-page limit that should be used. Defaults to 10.              |
 | `limits`       | Provide an array of integers to use as per-page options for admins to choose from in the List view. |
 
@@ -167,53 +169,6 @@ those three fields plus the ID field.
   so your admin queries can remain performant.
 </Banner>
 
-### Admin Hooks
-
-In addition to collection hooks themselves, Payload provides for admin UI-specific hooks that you can leverage.
-
-**`beforeDuplicate`**
-
-The `beforeDuplicate` hook is an async function that accepts an object containing the data to duplicate, as well as the
-locale of the doc to duplicate. Within this hook, you can modify the data to be duplicated, which is useful in cases
-where you have unique fields that need to be incremented or similar, as well as if you want to automatically modify a
-document's `title`.
-
-Example:
-
-```ts
-import { BeforeDuplicate, CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
-// Your auto-generated Page type
-import { Page } from '../payload-types.ts'
-
-const beforeDuplicate: BeforeDuplicate<Page> = ({ data }) => {
-  return {
-    ...data,
-    title: `${data.title} Copy`,
-    uniqueField: data.uniqueField ? `${data.uniqueField}-copy` : '',
-  }
-}
-
-export const Page: CollectionConfig = {
-  slug: 'pages',
-  admin: {
-    hooks: {
-      beforeDuplicate,
-    },
-  },
-  fields: [
-    {
-      name: 'title',
-      type: 'text',
-    },
-    {
-      name: 'uniqueField',
-      type: 'text',
-      unique: true,
-    },
-  ],
-}
-```
-
 ### TypeScript
 
 You can import collection types as follows:

docs/configuration/globals.mdx

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ As with Collection configs, it's often best practice to write your Globals in se
 | **`graphQL.name`** | Text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.                                                                                                                                             |
 | **`typescript`**   | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.                                                                                                  |
 | **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                                            |
+| **`dbName`**       | Custom table or collection name for this global depending on the database adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined.
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -65,14 +66,15 @@ You can find a few [example Global configs](https://github.com/payloadcms/public
 
 You can customize the way that the Admin panel behaves on a Global-by-Global basis by defining the `admin` property on a Global's config.
 
-| Option       | Description                                                                                                                               |
-| ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `group`      | Text used as a label for grouping collection and global links together in the navigation.                                                 |
-| `hidden`     | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this global from navigation and admin routing.         |
-| `components` | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More](/docs/admin/components#globals)                                   |
-| `preview`    | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin panel for this global that can point to your app. [More](#preview).                   |
-| `livePreview`| Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More](/docs/live-preview/overview).                  |
-| `hideAPIURL` | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection.                                                            |
+| Option        | Description                                                                                                                       |
+| ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `group`       | Text used as a label for grouping collection and global links together in the navigation.                                         |
+| `hidden`      | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this global from navigation and admin routing. |
+| `components`  | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More](/docs/admin/components#globals)                           |
+| `preview`     | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin panel for this global that can point to your app. [More](#preview).           |
+| `livePreview` | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More](/docs/live-preview/overview).          |
+| `hideAPIURL`  | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection.                                                    |
+| `meta`        | Metadata overrides to apply to the [Admin panel](../admin/overview). Included properties are `description` and `openGraph`.       |
 
 ### Preview
 

docs/configuration/i18n.mdx

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ desc: Manage and customize internationalization support in your CMS editor exper
 keywords: internationalization, i18n, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Not only does Payload support managing localized content, it also has internationalization support so that admin users can work in their preferred language. Payload's i18n support is built on top of [i18next](https://www.i18next.com). It comes included by default and can be extended in your config.
+Not only does Payload support managing localized content, it also has internationalization support so that admin users can work in their preferred language. It comes included by default and can be extended in your config.
 
 While Payload's built-in features come translated, you may want to also translate parts of your project's configuration too. This is possible in places like collections and globals labels and groups, field labels, descriptions and input placeholder text. The admin UI will display all the correct translations you provide based on the user's language.
 
@@ -72,9 +72,7 @@ After a user logs in, they can change their language selection in the `/account`
 
 Payload's backend uses express middleware to set the language on incoming requests before they are handled. This allows backend validation to return error messages in the user's own language or system generated emails to be sent using the correct translation. You can make HTTP requests with the `accept-language` header and Payload will use that language.
 
-Anywhere in your Payload app that you have access to the `req` object, you can access i18next's extensive internationalization features assigned to `req.i18n`. To access text translations you can use `req.t('namespace:key')`.
-
-Read the i18next [API documentation](https://www.i18next.com/overview/api) to learn more.
+Anywhere in your Payload app that you have access to the `req` object, you can access payload's extensive internationalization features assigned to `req.i18n`. To access text translations you can use `req.t('namespace:key')`.
 
 ### Configuration Options
 
@@ -88,9 +86,8 @@ import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
 export default buildConfig({
   //...
   i18n: {
-    fallbackLng: 'en', // default
-    debug: false, // default
-    resources: {
+    fallbackLanguage: 'en', // default
+    translations: {
       en: {
         custom: {
           // namespace can be anything you want
@@ -107,4 +104,63 @@ export default buildConfig({
 })
 ```
 
-See the i18next [configuration options](https://www.i18next.com/overview/configuration-options) to learn more.
+## Types for custom translations
+
+In order to use custom translations in your project, you need to provide the types for the translations. Here is an example of how you can define the types for the custom translations in a custom react component:
+
+```ts
+'use client'
+import type { NestedKeysStripped } from '@payloadcms/translations'
+import type React from 'react'
+
+import { useTranslation } from '@payloadcms/ui/providers/Translation'
+
+const customTranslations = {
+  en: {
+    general: {
+      test: 'Custom Translation',
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+type CustomTranslationObject = typeof customTranslations.en
+type CustomTranslationKeys = NestedKeysStripped<CustomTranslationObject>
+
+export const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
+  const { i18n, t } = useTranslation<CustomTranslationObject, CustomTranslationKeys>() // These generics merge your custom translations with the default client translations
+
+  return t('general:test')
+}
+
+```
+
+Additionally, payload exposes the `t` function in various places, for example in labels. Here is how you would type those:
+
+```ts
+import type {
+  DefaultTranslationKeys,
+  NestedKeysStripped,
+  TFunction,
+} from '@payloadcms/translations'
+import type { Field } from 'payload/types'
+
+const customTranslations = {
+  en: {
+    general: {
+      test: 'Custom Translation',
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+type CustomTranslationObject = typeof customTranslations.en
+type CustomTranslationKeys = NestedKeysStripped<CustomTranslationObject>
+
+const field: Field = {
+  name: 'myField',
+  type: 'text',
+  label: (
+    { t }: { t: TFunction<CustomTranslationKeys | DefaultTranslationKeys> }, // The generic passed to TFunction does not automatically merge the custom translations with the default translations. We need to merge them ourselves here
+  ) => t('fields:addLabel'),
+}
+```
+

docs/configuration/localization.mdx

@@ -6,11 +6,13 @@ desc: Add and maintain as many locales as you need by adding Localization to you
 keywords: localization, internationalization, i18n, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Payload features deep field-based localization support. Maintaining as many locales as you need is easy. All localization support is opt-in by default. To do so, follow the two steps below.
+Payload features deep field-based localization support. Maintaining as many locales as you need is easy. All
+localization support is opt-in by default. To do so, follow the two steps below.
 
 ### Enabling in the Payload config
 
-Add the `localization` property to your Payload config to enable localization project-wide. You'll need to provide a list of all locales that you'd like to support as well as set a few other options.
+Add the `localization` property to your Payload config to enable localization project-wide. You'll need to provide a
+list of all locales that you'd like to support as well as set a few other options.
 
 **Example Payload config set up for localization:**
 
@@ -47,7 +49,8 @@ export default buildConfig({
       {
         label: 'Arabic',
         code: 'ar',
-        // opt-in to setting default text-alignment on Input fields to rtl (right-to-left) when current locale is rtl
+        // opt-in to setting default text-alignment on Input fields to rtl (right-to-left)
+        // when current locale is rtl
         rtl: true,
       },
     ],
@@ -57,7 +60,8 @@ export default buildConfig({
 })
 ```
 
-**Example Payload config set up for localization with full locales objects (including [internationalization](/docs/configuration/i18n) support):**
+**Example Payload config set up for localization with full locales objects (
+including [internationalization](/docs/configuration/i18n) support):**
 
 ```ts
 import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
@@ -93,19 +97,38 @@ export default buildConfig({
 
 **`locales`**
 
-Array-based list of all locales that you would like to support. These can be strings of locale codes or objects with a `label`, a locale `code`, and the `rtl` (right-to-left) property. The locale codes do not need to be in any specific format. It's up to you to define how to represent your locales. Common patterns are to use two-letter ISO 639 language codes or four-letter language and country codes (ISO 3166‑1) such as `en-US`, `en-UK`, `es-MX`, etc.
+Array-based list of all the languages that you would like to support. This can be an array containing strings for each
+language code you want your project to store and serve or objects with a `label`, a locale `code`, `rtl` (
+right-to-left), and `fallbackLocale` property. The locale codes do not need to be in any specific format. It's up to you
+to define how to represent your locales. Common patterns are to use two-letter ISO 639 language codes or four-letter
+language and country codes (ISO 3166‑1) such as `en-US`, `en-UK`, `es-MX`, etc.
+
+### Locale Properties:
+
+| Option               | Description                                                                                                                    |
+| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| **`code`** \*        | Unique code to identify the language throughout the APIs for `locale` and `fallbackLocale`                                     |
+| **`label`**          | A string to use for the selector when choosing a language, or an object keyed on the i18n keys for different languages in use. |
+| **`rtl`**            | A boolean that when true will make the admin UI display in Right-To-Left.                                                      |
+| **`fallbackLocale`** | The code for this language to fallback to when properties of a document are not present.                                       |
+
+_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
 **`defaultLocale`**
 
-Required string that matches one of the locale codes from the array provided. By default, if no locale is specified, documents will be returned in this locale.
+Required string that matches one of the locale codes from the array provided. By default, if no locale is specified,
+documents will be returned in this locale.
 
 **`fallback`**
 
-Boolean enabling "fallback" locale functionality. If a document is requested in a locale, but a field does not have a localized value corresponding to the requested locale, then if this property is enabled, the document will automatically fall back to the fallback locale value. If this property is not enabled, the value will not be populated.
+Boolean enabling "fallback" locale functionality. If a document is requested in a locale, but a field does not have a
+localized value corresponding to the requested locale, then if this property is enabled, the document will automatically
+fall back to the fallback locale value. If this property is not enabled, the value will not be populated.
 
 ### Field by field localization
 
-Payload localization works on a **field** level—not a document level. In addition to configuring the base Payload config to support localization, you need to specify each field that you would like to localize.
+Payload localization works on a **field** level—not a document level. In addition to configuring the base Payload config
+to support localization, you need to specify each field that you would like to localize.
 
 **Here is an example of how to enable localization for a field:**
 
@@ -119,9 +142,11 @@ Payload localization works on a **field** level—not a document level. In addit
 }
 ```
 
-With the above configuration, the `title` field will now be saved in the database as an object of all locales instead of a single string.
+With the above configuration, the `title` field will now be saved in the database as an object of all locales instead of
+a single string.
 
-All field types with a `name` property support the `localized` property—even the more complex field types like `array`s and `block`s.
+All field types with a `name` property support the `localized` property—even the more complex field types like `array`s
+and `block`s.
 
 <Banner>
   <strong>Note:</strong>
@@ -143,7 +168,8 @@ All field types with a `name` property support the `localized` property—even t
 
 ### Retrieving localized docs
 
-When retrieving documents, you can specify which locale you'd like to receive as well as which fallback locale should be used.
+When retrieving documents, you can specify which locale you'd like to receive as well as which fallback locale should be
+used.
 
 ##### REST API
 
@@ -155,7 +181,8 @@ Specify your desired locale by providing the `locale` query parameter directly i
 
 **`?fallback-locale=`**
 
-Specify fallback locale to be used by providing the `fallback-locale` query parameter. This can be provided as either a valid locale as provided to your base Payload config, or `'null'`, `'false'`, or `'none'` to disable falling back.
+Specify fallback locale to be used by providing the `fallback-locale` query parameter. This can be provided as either a
+valid locale as provided to your base Payload config, or `'null'`, `'false'`, or `'none'` to disable falling back.
 
 **Example:**
 
@@ -167,7 +194,9 @@ fetch('https://localhost:3000/api/pages?locale=es&fallback-locale=none');
 
 In the GraphQL API, you can specify `locale` and `fallbackLocale` args to all relevant queries and mutations.
 
-The `locale` arg will only accept valid locales, but locales will be formatted automatically as valid GraphQL enum values (dashes or special characters will be converted to underscores, spaces will be removed, etc.). If you are curious to see how locales are auto-formatted, you can use the [GraphQL playground](/docs/graphql/overview#graphql-playground).
+The `locale` arg will only accept valid locales, but locales will be formatted automatically as valid GraphQL enum
+values (dashes or special characters will be converted to underscores, spaces will be removed, etc.). If you are curious
+to see how locales are auto-formatted, you can use the [GraphQL playground](/docs/graphql/overview#graphql-playground).
 
 The `fallbackLocale` arg will accept valid locales as well as `none` to disable falling back.
 
@@ -191,7 +220,9 @@ query {
 
 ##### Local API
 
-You can specify `locale` as well as `fallbackLocale` within the Local API as well as properties on the `options` argument. The `locale` property will accept any valid locale, and the `fallbackLocale` property will accept any valid locale as well as `'null'`, `'false'`, `false`, and `'none'`.
+You can specify `locale` as well as `fallbackLocale` within the Local API as well as properties on the `options`
+argument. The `locale` property will accept any valid locale, and the `fallbackLocale` property will accept any valid
+locale as well as `'null'`, `'false'`, `false`, and `'none'`.
 
 **Example:**
 

docs/configuration/overview.mdx

@@ -19,33 +19,33 @@ Payload is a _config-based_, code-first CMS and application framework. The Paylo
 
 ## Options
 
-| Option                | Description                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `admin` \*            | Base Payload admin configuration. Specify bundler*, custom components, control metadata, set the Admin user collection, and [more](/docs/admin/overview#admin-options). Required. |
-| `editor` \*           | Rich Text Editor which will be used by richText fields. Required.                                                                                                                 |
-| `db` \*               | Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. Read more [here](/docs/database/overview). Required.                                                                              |
-| `serverURL`           | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app including the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port     |
-| `collections`         | An array of all Collections that Payload will manage. To read more about how to define your collection configs, [click here](/docs/configuration/collections).                    |
-| `globals`             | An array of all Globals that Payload will manage. For more on Globals and their configs, [click here](/docs/configuration/globals).                                               |
-| `cors`                | Either a whitelist array of URLS to allow CORS requests from, or a wildcard string (`'*'`) to accept incoming requests from any domain.                                           |
-| `localization`        | Opt-in and control how Payload handles the translation of your content into multiple locales. [More](/docs/configuration/localization)                                            |
-| `graphQL`             | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality here. Define your own queries and mutations, manage query complexity limits, and [more](/docs/graphql/overview#graphql-options).            |
-| `cookiePrefix`        | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets.                                                                                                                  |
-| `csrf`                | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload cookies to be accepted from as a form of CSRF protection. [More](/docs/authentication/overview#csrf-protection)                        |
-| `defaultDepth`        | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More](/docs/getting-started/concepts#depth)                                             |
-| `maxDepth`            | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`.                                               |
-| `indexSortableFields` | Automatically index all sortable top-level fields in the database to improve sort performance and add database compatibility for Azure Cosmos and similar.                        |
-| `upload`              | Base Payload upload configuration. [More](/docs/upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options).                                                                                     |
-| `routes`              | Control the routing structure that Payload binds itself to. Specify `admin`, `api`, `graphQL`, and `graphQLPlayground`.                                                           |
-| `email`               | Base email settings to allow Payload to generate email such as Forgot Password requests and other requirements. [More](/docs/email/overview#configuration)                        |
-| `express`             | Express-specific middleware options such as compression and JSON parsing. [More](/docs/configuration/express)                                                                     |
-| `debug`               | Enable to expose more detailed error information.                                                                                                                                 |
-| `telemetry`           | Disable Payload telemetry by passing `false`. [More](/docs/configuration/overview#telemetry)                                                                                      |
-| `rateLimit`           | Control IP-based rate limiting for all Payload resources. Used to prevent DDoS attacks and [more](/docs/production/preventing-abuse#rate-limiting-requests).                      |
-| `hooks`               | Tap into Payload-wide hooks. [More](/docs/hooks/overview)                                                                                                                         |
-| `plugins`             | An array of Payload plugins. [More](/docs/plugins/overview)                                                                                                                       |
-| `endpoints`           | An array of custom API endpoints added to the Payload router. [More](/docs/rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints)                                                                    |
-| `custom`              | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                         |
+| Option                | Description                                                                                                                                                                        |
+| --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `admin` \*            | Base Payload admin configuration. Specify bundler\*, custom components, control metadata, set the Admin user collection, and [more](/docs/admin/overview#admin-options). Required. |
+| `editor` \*           | Rich Text Editor which will be used by richText fields. Required.                                                                                                                  |
+| `db` \*               | Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. Read more [here](/docs/database/overview). Required.                                                                               |
+| `serverURL`           | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app including the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port      |
+| `collections`         | An array of all Collections that Payload will manage. To read more about how to define your collection configs, [click here](/docs/configuration/collections).                     |
+| `globals`             | An array of all Globals that Payload will manage. For more on Globals and their configs, [click here](/docs/configuration/globals).                                                |
+| `cors`                | Either a whitelist array of URLS to allow CORS requests from, or a wildcard string (`'*'`) to accept incoming requests from any domain.                                            |
+| `localization`        | Opt-in and control how Payload handles the translation of your content into multiple locales. [More](/docs/configuration/localization)                                             |
+| `graphQL`             | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality here. Define your own queries and mutations, manage query complexity limits, and [more](/docs/graphql/overview#graphql-options).             |
+| `cookiePrefix`        | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets.                                                                                                                   |
+| `csrf`                | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload cookies to be accepted from as a form of CSRF protection. [More](/docs/authentication/overview#csrf-protection)                         |
+| `defaultDepth`        | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More](/docs/getting-started/concepts#depth)                                              |
+| `maxDepth`            | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`.                                                |
+| `indexSortableFields` | Automatically index all sortable top-level fields in the database to improve sort performance and add database compatibility for Azure Cosmos and similar.                         |
+| `upload`              | Base Payload upload configuration. [More](/docs/upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options).                                                                                      |
+| `routes`              | Control the routing structure that Payload binds itself to. Specify `admin`, `api`, `graphQL`, and `graphQLPlayground`.                                                            |
+| `email`               | Base email settings to allow Payload to generate email such as Forgot Password requests and other requirements. [More](/docs/email/overview#configuration)                         |
+| `express`             | Express-specific middleware options such as compression and JSON parsing. [More](/docs/configuration/express)                                                                      |
+| `debug`               | Enable to expose more detailed error information.                                                                                                                                  |
+| `telemetry`           | Disable Payload telemetry by passing `false`. [More](/docs/configuration/overview#telemetry)                                                                                       |
+| `rateLimit`           | Control IP-based rate limiting for all Payload resources. Used to prevent DDoS attacks and [more](/docs/production/preventing-abuse#rate-limiting-requests).                       |
+| `hooks`               | Tap into Payload-wide hooks. [More](/docs/hooks/overview)                                                                                                                          |
+| `plugins`             | An array of Payload plugins. [More](/docs/plugins/overview)                                                                                                                        |
+| `endpoints`           | An array of custom API endpoints added to the Payload router. [More](/docs/rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints)                                                                     |
+| `custom`              | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                          |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/database/migrations.mdx

@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ keywords: database, migrations, ddl, sql, mongodb, postgres, documentation, Cont
 desc: Payload features first-party database migrations all done in TypeScript.
 ---
 
-Payload exposes a full suite of migration controls available for your use. Migration commands are accessible via the `npm run payload` command in your project directory.
+Payload exposes a full suite of migration controls available for your use. Migration commands are accessible via
+the `npm run payload` command in your project directory.
 
 Ensure you have an npm script called "payload" in your `package.json` file.
 
@@ -19,38 +20,48 @@ Ensure you have an npm script called "payload" in your `package.json` file.
 ```
 
 <Banner>
-  Note that you need to run Payload migrations through the package manager that you are using, because Payload should not be globally installed on your system.
+  Note that you need to run Payload migrations through the package manager that you are using,
+  because Payload should not be globally installed on your system.
 </Banner>
 
 ### Migration file contents
 
-Payload stores all created migrations in a folder that you can specify. By default, migrations are stored in `./src/migrations`.
+Payload stores all created migrations in a folder that you can specify. By default, migrations are stored
+in `./src/migrations`.
 
-A migration file has two exports - an `up` function, which is called when a migration is executed, and a `down` function that will be called if for some reason the migration fails to complete successfully. The `up` function should contain all changes that you attempt to make within the migration, and the `down` should ideally revert any changes you make.
+A migration file has two exports - an `up` function, which is called when a migration is executed, and a `down` function
+that will be called if for some reason the migration fails to complete successfully. The `up` function should contain
+all changes that you attempt to make within the migration, and the `down` should ideally revert any changes you make.
 
-For an added level of safety, migrations should leverage Payload [transactions](/docs/database/transactions).
+For an added level of safety, migrations should leverage Payload [transactions](/docs/database/transactions). Migration
+functions should make use of the `req` by adding it to the arguments of your payload local API calls such
+as `payload.create` and database adapter methods like `payload.db.create`.
 
 Here is an example migration file:
 
 ```ts
 import { MigrateUpArgs, MigrateDownArgs } from '@payloadcms/your-db-adapter'
 
-export async function up({ payload }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
+export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
   // Perform changes to your database here.
   // You have access to `payload` as an argument, and
   // everything is done in TypeScript.
-};
+}
 
-export async function down({ payload }: MigrateDownArgs): Promise<void> {
+export async function down({ payload, req }: MigrateDownArgs): Promise<void> {
   // Do whatever you need to revert changes if the `up` function fails
-};
+}
 ```
 
 ### Migrations Directory
 
-Each DB adapter has an optional property `migrationDir` where you can override where you want your migrations to be stored/read. If this is not specified, Payload will check the default and possibly make a best effort to find your migrations directory by searching in common locations ie. `./src/migrations`, `./dist/migrations`, `./migrations`, etc.
+Each DB adapter has an optional property `migrationDir` where you can override where you want your migrations to be
+stored/read. If this is not specified, Payload will check the default and possibly make a best effort to find your
+migrations directory by searching in common locations ie. `./src/migrations`, `./dist/migrations`, `./migrations`, etc.
 
-All database adapters should implement similar migration patterns, but there will be small differences based on the adapter and its specific needs. Below is a list of all migration commands that should be supported by your database adapter.
+All database adapters should implement similar migration patterns, but there will be small differences based on the
+adapter and its specific needs. Below is a list of all migration commands that should be supported by your database
+adapter.
 
 ## Commands
 
@@ -64,7 +75,8 @@ npm run payload migrate
 
 ### Create
 
-Create a new migration file in the migrations directory. You can optionally name the migration that will be created. By default, migrations will be named using a timestamp.
+Create a new migration file in the migrations directory. You can optionally name the migration that will be created. By
+default, migrations will be named using a timestamp.
 
 ```text
 npm run payload migrate:create optional-name-here
@@ -72,7 +84,8 @@ npm run payload migrate:create optional-name-here
 
 ### Status
 
-The `migrate:status` command will check the status of migrations and output a table of which migrations have been run, and which migrations have not yet run.
+The `migrate:status` command will check the status of migrations and output a table of which migrations have been run,
+and which migrations have not yet run.
 
 `payload migrate:status`
 

docs/database/mongodb.mdx

@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ desc: Payload has supported MongoDB natively since we started. The flexible natu
 keywords: MongoDB, documentation, typescript, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-To use Payload with MongoDB, install the package `@payloadcms/db-mongodb`. It will come with everything you need to store your Payload data in MongoDB.
+To use Payload with MongoDB, install the package `@payloadcms/db-mongodb`. It will come with everything you need to
+store your Payload data in MongoDB.
 
 Then from there, pass it to your Payload config as follows:
 
@@ -29,16 +30,18 @@ export default buildConfig({
 
 ### Options
 
-| Option                | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
-| `autoPluralization`   | Tell Mongoose to auto-pluralize any collection names if it encounters any singular words used as collection `slug`s.  |
-| `connectOptions`      | Customize MongoDB connection options. Payload will connect to your MongoDB database using default options which you can override and extend to include all the [options](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/connections.html#options) available to mongoose. |
-| `disableIndexHints`      | Set to true to disable hinting to MongoDB to use 'id' as index. This is currently done when counting documents for pagination, as it increases the speed of the count function used in that query. Disabling this optimization might fix some problems with AWS DocumentDB. Defaults to false |
-| `migrationDir`        | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
+| Option               | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- |
+| `autoPluralization`  | Tell Mongoose to auto-pluralize any collection names if it encounters any singular words used as collection `slug`s.                                                                                                                                                                          |
+| `connectOptions`     | Customize MongoDB connection options. Payload will connect to your MongoDB database using default options which you can override and extend to include all the [options](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/connections.html#options) available to mongoose.                                         |
+| `disableIndexHints`  | Set to true to disable hinting to MongoDB to use 'id' as index. This is currently done when counting documents for pagination, as it increases the speed of the count function used in that query. Disabling this optimization might fix some problems with AWS DocumentDB. Defaults to false |
+| `migrationDir`       | Customize the directory that migrations are stored.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+| `transactionOptions` | An object with configuration properties used in [transactions](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/transactions/) or `false` which will disable the use of transactions.                                                                                                                 |     |
 
 ### Access to Mongoose models
 
-After Payload is initialized, this adapter exposes all of your Mongoose models and they are available for you to work with directly.
+After Payload is initialized, this adapter exposes all of your Mongoose models and they are available for you to work
+with directly.
 
 You can access Mongoose models as follows:
 

docs/database/overview.mdx

@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ You should prefer a relational DB like Postgres if:
 
 #### Differences in Payload features
 
-It's important to note that almost everything Payload does is available in all of our officially supported database adapters, including localization, arrays, blocks, etc. 
+It's important to note that almost everything Payload does is available in all of our officially supported database adapters, including localization, arrays, blocks, etc.
 
-The only thing that is not supported in Postgres yet is the [Point field](/docs/fields/point), but that should be added soon. 
+The only thing that is not supported in Postgres yet is the [Point field](/docs/fields/point), but that should be added soon.
 
 It's up to you to choose which database you would like to use.
 
 ## Configuration
 
-To configure the database for your Payload application, an adapter can be assigned to `config.db`. This property is required within your Payload config. 
+To configure the database for your Payload application, an adapter can be assigned to `config.db`. This property is required within your Payload config.
 
 Here's an example:
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
   db: postgresAdapter({
     pool: {
       connectionString: process.env.DATABASE_URI,
-    }
+    },
   }),
 })
-```
+```

docs/database/postgres.mdx

@@ -2,14 +2,15 @@
 title: Postgres
 label: Postgres
 order: 50
-desc: Payload supports Postgres through an officially supported Drizzle database adapter. 
+desc: Payload supports Postgres through an officially supported Drizzle database adapter.
 keywords: Postgres, documentation, typescript, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
 To use Payload with Postgres, install the package `@payloadcms/db-postgres`. It leverages Drizzle ORM and `node-postgres` to interact with a Postgres database that you provide.
 
 <Banner>
-  The Postgres database adapter is currently in beta. If you would like to help us test this package, we'd love to hear if you find any bugs or issues!
+  The Postgres database adapter is currently in beta. If you would like to help us test this
+  package, we'd love to hear if you find any bugs or issues!
 </Banner>
 
 It automatically manages changes to your database for you in development mode, and exposes a full suite of migration controls for you to leverage in order to keep other database environments in sync with your schema. DDL transformations are automatically generated.
@@ -30,18 +31,25 @@ export default buildConfig({
     // `pool` is required.
     pool: {
       connectionString: process.env.DATABASE_URI,
-    }
+    },
   }),
 })
 ```
 
 ### Options
 
-| Option            | Description                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `pool`            | [Pool connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/quick-postgresql/node-postgres) that will be passed to Drizzle and `node-postgres`.                                      |
-| `push`            | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
-| `migrationDir`    | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
+| Option                | Description                                                                                                                                                                                           |
+|-----------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `pool` \*             | [Pool connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/quick-postgresql/node-postgres) that will be passed to Drizzle and `node-postgres`.                                                           |
+| `push`                | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only.                      |
+| `migrationDir`        | Customize the directory that migrations are stored.                                                                                                                                                   |
+| `logger`              | The instance of the logger to be passed to drizzle. By default Payload's will be used.                                                                                                                |
+| `schemaName`   | A string for the postgres schema to use, defaults to 'public'.                                                                                                                   |
+| `localesSuffix`       | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'.                                                                                                      |
+| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'.                                                                                                            |
+| `versionsSuffix`      | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'.                                                                                                                   |
+
+
 
 ### Access to Drizzle
 
@@ -65,7 +73,7 @@ In addition to exposing Drizzle directly, all of the tables, Drizzle relations,
 
 Drizzle exposes two ways to work locally in development mode.
 
-The first is [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push), which automatically pushes changes you make to your Payload config (and therefore, Drizzle schema) to your database so you don't have to manually migrate every time you change your Payload config. This only works in development mode, and should not be mixed with manually running [`migrate`](/docs/database/migrations) commands. 
+The first is [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push), which automatically pushes changes you make to your Payload config (and therefore, Drizzle schema) to your database so you don't have to manually migrate every time you change your Payload config. This only works in development mode, and should not be mixed with manually running [`migrate`](/docs/database/migrations) commands.
 
 You will be warned if any changes that you make will entail data loss while in development mode. Push is enabled by default, but you can opt out if you'd like.
 
@@ -77,11 +85,13 @@ Migrations are extremely powerful thanks to the seamless way that Payload and Dr
 
 1. You are building your Payload config locally, with a local database used for testing.
 1. You have left the default setting of `push` enabled, so every time you change your Payload config (add or remove fields, collections, etc.), Drizzle will automatically push changes to your local DB.
-1. Once you're done with your changes, or have completed a feature, you can run `npm run payload migrate:create`. 
+1. Once you're done with your changes, or have completed a feature, you can run `npm run payload migrate:create`.
 1. Payload and Drizzle will look for any existing migrations, and automatically generate all SQL changes necessary to convert your schema from its prior state into the state of your current Payload config, and store the resulting DDL in a newly created migration.
 1. Once you're ready to go to production, you will be able to run `npm run payload migrate` against your production database, which will apply any new migrations that have not yet run.
 1. Now your production database is in sync with your Payload config!
 
 <Banner type="warning">
-  Warning: do not mix "push" and migrations with your local development database. If you use "push" locally, and then try to migrate, Payload will throw a warning, telling you that these two methods are not meant to be used interchangeably.
-</Banner>
+  Warning: do not mix "push" and migrations with your local development database. If you use "push"
+  locally, and then try to migrate, Payload will throw a warning, telling you that these two methods
+  are not meant to be used interchangeably.
+</Banner>

docs/database/transactions.mdx

@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ The initial request made to Payload will begin a new transaction and attach it t
 
 ```ts
 const afterChange: CollectionAfterChangeHook = async ({ req }) => {
-  // because req.transactionID is assigned from Payload and passed through, my-slug will only persist if the entire request is successful
+  // because req.transactionID is assigned from Payload and passed through,
+  // my-slug will only persist if the entire request is successful
   await req.payload.create({
     req,
     collection: 'my-slug',
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ const afterChange: CollectionAfterChangeHook = async ({ req }) => {
   })
 
   // Should this call fail, it will not rollback other changes
-  // because the req (and its transationID) is not passed through
+  // because the req (and its transactionID) is not passed through
   const safelyIgnoredAsync = req.payload.create({
     collection: 'my-slug',
     data: {
@@ -66,4 +67,4 @@ The following functions can be used for managing transactions:
 
 `payload.db.beginTransaction` - Starts a new session and returns a transaction ID for use in other Payload Local API calls.
 `payload.db.commitTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, finalizes any changes.
-`payload.db.rollbackTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, discards any changes.
+`payload.db.rollbackTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, discards any changes.

docs/email/overview.mdx

@@ -2,169 +2,165 @@
 title: Email Functionality
 label: Overview
 order: 10
-desc: Payload uses NodeMailer to allow you to send emails smoothly from your app. Set up email functions such as password resets, order confirmations and more.
+desc: Payload uses an adapter pattern to enable email functionality. Set up email functions such as password resets, order confirmations and more.
 keywords: email, overview, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
 ### Introduction
 
-Payload comes ready to send your application's email. Whether you simply need built-in password reset
-email to work or you want customers to get an order confirmation email, you're almost there. Payload makes use of
-[NodeMailer](https://nodemailer.com) for email and won't get in your way for those already familiar.
+Payload has a few email adapters that can be imported to enable email functionality. The [@payloadcms/email-nodemailer](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/email-nodemailer) package will be the package most will want to install. This package provides an easy way to use [Nodemailer](https://nodemailer.com) for email and won't get in your way for those already familiar.
 
-For email to send from your Payload server, some configuration is required. The settings you provide will be set
-in the `email` property object of your payload init call. Payload will make use of the transport that you have configured for it for things like reset password or verifying new user accounts and email send methods are available to you as well on your payload instance.
+The email adapter should be passed into the `email` property of the Payload config. This will allow Payload to send emails for things like password resets, new user verification, and any other email sending needs you may have.
 
 ### Configuration
 
-**Three ways to set it up**
+#### Default Configuration
 
-1. **Default**: When email is not needed, a mock email handler will be created and used when nothing is provided. This is ideal for development environments and can be changed later when ready to [go to production](/docs/production/deployment).
-1. **Recommended**: Set the `transportOptions` and Payload will do the set up for you.
-1. **Advanced**: The `transport` object can be assigned a nodemailer transport object set up in your server scripts and given for Payload to use.
+When email is not needed or desired, Payload will log a warning on startup notifying that email is not configured. A  warning message will also be logged on any attempt to send an email.
 
-The following options are configurable in the `email` property object as part of the options object when calling payload.init().
+#### Email Adapter
 
-| Option                   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`fromName`** \*        | The name part of the From field that will be seen on the delivered email                                                                                                                     |
-| **`fromAddress`** \*     | The email address part of the From field that will be used when delivering email                                                                                                             |
-| **`transport`**          | The NodeMailer transport object for when you want to do it yourself, not needed when transportOptions is set                                                                                 |
-| **`transportOptions`**   | An object that configures the transporter that Payload will create. For all the available options see the [NodeMailer documentation](https://nodemailer.com/smtp/) or see the examples below |
-| **`logMockCredentials`** | If set to true and no transport/transportOptions, ethereal credentials will be logged to console on startup                                                                                  |
+An email adapter will require at least the following fields:
 
-_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
+| Option                      | Description                                                                      |
+| --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`defaultFromName`** \*    | The name part of the From field that will be seen on the delivered email         |
+| **`defaultFromAddress`** \* | The email address part of the From field that will be used when delivering email |
+
+
+#### Officlal Email Adapters
+
+| Name       | Package                                                                                    | Description                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Nodemailer | [@payloadcms/email-nodemailer](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/email-nodemailer) | Use any [Nodemailer transport](https://nodemailer.com/transports), including SMTP, Resend, SendGrid, and more. This was provided by default in Payload 2.x. This is the easiest migration path. |
+| Resend     | [@payloadcms/email-resend](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/email-resend)         | Resend email via their REST API. This is preferred for serverless platforms such as Vercel because it is much more lightweight than the nodemailer adapter.                                     |
+
+### Nodemailer Configuration
+
+| Option                 | Description                                                                                                                                                                            |
+| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`transport`**        | The Nodemailer transport object for when you want to do it yourself, not needed when transportOptions is set                                                                           |
+| **`transportOptions`** | An object that configures the transporter that Payload will create. For all the available options see the [Nodemailer documentation](https://nodemailer.com) or see the examples below |
 
 ### Use SMTP
 
-Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, also known as SMTP can be passed in using the `transportOptions` object on the `email` options.
+Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) options can be passed in using the `transportOptions` object on the `email` options. See the [Nodemailer SMTP documentation](https://nodemailer.com/smtp/) for more information, including details on when `secure` should and should not be set to `true`.
 
-**Example email part using SMTP:**
+**Example email options using SMTP:**
 
 ```ts
-payload.init({
-  email: {
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { nodemailerAdapter } from '@payloadcms/email-nodemailer'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  email: nodemailerAdapter({
+    defaultFromAddress: 'info@payloadcms.com',
+    defaultFromName: 'Payload',
+    // Nodemailer transportOptions
     transportOptions: {
       host: process.env.SMTP_HOST,
+      port: 587,
       auth: {
         user: process.env.SMTP_USER,
         pass: process.env.SMTP_PASS,
       },
-      port: 587,
-      secure: true, // use TLS
-      tls: {
-        // do not fail on invalid certs
-        rejectUnauthorized: false,
-      },
     },
-    fromName: 'hello',
-    fromAddress: 'hello@example.com',
-  },
-  // ...
+  }),
 })
 ```
 
-<Banner type="warning">
-  It is best practice to avoid saving credentials or API keys directly in your code, use
-  [environment variables](/docs/configuration/overview#using-environment-variables-in-your-config).
-</Banner>
-
-### Use an email service
-
-Many third party mail providers are available and offer benefits beyond basic SMTP. As an example your payload init could look this if you wanted to use SendGrid.com though the same approach would work for any other [NodeMailer transports](https://nodemailer.com/transports/) shown here or provided by another third party.
+**Example email options using nodemailer.createTransport:**
 
 ```ts
-import payload from 'payload'
-import nodemailerSendgrid from 'nodemailer-sendgrid'
-
-const sendGridAPIKey = process.env.SENDGRID_API_KEY
-
-payload.init({
-  ...(sendGridAPIKey
-    ? {
-        email: {
-          transportOptions: nodemailerSendgrid({
-            apiKey: sendGridAPIKey,
-          }),
-          fromName: 'Admin',
-          fromAddress: 'admin@example.com',
-        },
-      }
-    : {}),
-})
-```
-
-### Use a custom NodeMailer transport
-
-To take full control of the mail transport you may wish to use `nodemailer.createTransport()` on your server and provide it to Payload init.
-
-```ts
-import payload from 'payload'
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { nodemailerAdapter } from '@payloadcms/email-nodemailer'
 import nodemailer from 'nodemailer'
 
-const payload = require('payload')
-const nodemailer = require('nodemailer')
-
-const transport = await nodemailer.createTransport({
-  host: process.env.SMTP_HOST,
-  port: 587,
-  auth: {
-    user: process.env.SMTP_USER,
-    pass: process.env.SMTP_PASS,
-  },
+export default buildConfig({
+  email: nodemailerAdapter({
+    defaultFromAddress: 'info@payloadcms.com',
+    defaultFromName: 'Payload',
+    // Any Nodemailer transport can be used
+    transport: nodemailer.createTransport({
+      host: process.env.SMTP_HOST,
+      port: 587,
+      auth: {
+        user: process.env.SMTP_USER,
+        pass: process.env.SMTP_PASS,
+      },
+    }),
+  }),
 })
+```
 
-payload.init({
-  email: {
-    fromName: 'Admin',
-    fromAddress: 'admin@example.com',
-    transport,
-  },
-  // ...
+**Custom Transport:**
+
+You also have the ability to bring your own nodemailer transport. This is an example of using the SendGrid nodemailer transport.
+
+
+```ts
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { nodemailerAdapter } from '@payloadcms/email-nodemailer'
+import nodemailerSendgrid from 'nodemailer-sendgrid'
+
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  email: nodemailerAdapter({
+    defaultFromAddress: 'info@payloadcms.com',
+    defaultFromName: 'Payload',
+    transportOptions: nodemailerSendgrid({
+      apiKey: process.env.SENDGRID_API_KEY,
+    }),
+  }),
+})
+```
+
+During development, if you pass nothing to `nodemailerAdapter`, it will use the [ethereal.email](https://ethereal.email) service.
+
+This will log the ethereal.email details to console on startup.
+
+```ts
+import { nodemailerAdapter } from '@payloadcms/email-nodemailer'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  email: nodemailerAdapter(),
+})
+```
+
+### Resend Configuration
+
+The Resend adapter requires an API key to be passed in the options. This can be found in the Resend dashboard. This is the preferred package if you are deploying on Vercel because this is much more lightweight than the Nodemailer adapter.
+
+| Option | Description                         |
+| ------ | ----------------------------------- |
+| apiKey | The API key for the Resend service. |
+
+```ts
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { resendAdapter } from '@payloadcms/email-resend'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  email: resendAdapter({
+    defaultFromAddress: 'dev@payloadcms.com',
+    defaultFromName: 'Payload CMS',
+    apiKey: process.env.RESEND_API_KEY || '',
+  }),
 })
 ```
 
 ### Sending Mail
 
-With a working transport you can call it anywhere you have access to payload by calling `payload.sendEmail(message)`. The `message` will contain the `to`, `subject` and `email` or `text` for the email being sent. To see all available message configuration options see [NodeMailer](https://nodemailer.com/message).
-
-### Mock transport
-
-By default, Payload uses a mock implementation that only sends mail to the [ethereal](https://ethereal.email) capture service that will never reach a user's inbox. While in development you may wish to make use of the captured messages which is why the payload output during server output helpfully logs this out on the server console.
-
-To see ethereal credentials, add `logMockCredentials: true` to the email options. This will cause them to be logged to console on startup.
+With a working transport you can call it anywhere you have access to payload by calling `payload.sendEmail(message)`. The `message` will contain the `to`, `subject` and `html` or `text` for the email being sent. Other options are also available and can be seen in the sendEmail args. Support for these will depend on the adapter being used.
 
 ```ts
-payload.init({
-  email: {
-    fromName: 'Admin',
-    fromAddress: 'admin@example.com',
-    logMockCredentials: true, // Optional
-  },
-  // ...
+// Example of sending an email
+const email = await payload.sendEmail({
+  to: 'test@example.com',
+  subject: 'This is a test email',
+  text: 'This is my message body',
 })
 ```
 
-**Console output when starting payload with a mock email instance and logMockCredentials: true**
-
-```
-[06:37:21] INFO  (payload): Starting Payload...
-[06:37:22] INFO  (payload): Payload Demo Initialized
-[06:37:22] INFO  (payload): listening on 3000...
-[06:37:22] INFO  (payload): Connected to MongoDB server successfully!
-[06:37:23] INFO  (payload): E-mail configured with mock configuration
-[06:37:23] INFO  (payload): Log into mock email provider at https://ethereal.email
-[06:37:23] INFO  (payload): Mock email account username: hhav5jw7doo4euev@ethereal.email
-[06:37:23] INFO  (payload): Mock email account password: VNdGcvDZeyEhtuPBqf
-```
-
-The mock email handler is used when payload is started with neither `transport` or `transportOptions` to know how to deliver email.
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  The randomly generated email account username and password will be different each time the Payload
-  server starts.
-</Banner>
-
 ### Using multiple mail providers
 
 Payload supports the use of a single transporter of email, but there is nothing stopping you from having more. Consider a use case where sending bulk email is handled differently than transactional email and could be done using a [hook](/docs/hooks/overview).

docs/fields/array.mdx

@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ keywords: array, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Managemen
 | **`admin`**         | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
 | **`custom`**        | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
 | **`interfaceName`** | Create a top level, reusable [Typescript interface](/docs/typescript/generating-types#custom-field-interfaces) & [GraphQL type](/docs/graphql/graphql-schema#custom-field-schemas).                                                                                                |
+| **`dbName`**        | Custom table name for the field when using SQL database adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from name if not defined.                                                                                                                                    |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -56,6 +57,7 @@ In addition to the default [field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-conf
 | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | **`initCollapsed`**       | Set the initial collapsed state                                                                                      |
 | **`components.RowLabel`** | Function or React component to be rendered as the label on the array row. Receives `({ data, index, path })` as args |
+| **`isSortable`**          | Disable order sorting by setting this value to `false`                                                               |
 
 ### Example
 

docs/fields/blocks.mdx

@@ -53,9 +53,10 @@ _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
 In addition to the default [field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config), you can adjust the following properties:
 
-| Option              | Description                     |
-| ------------------- | ------------------------------- |
-| **`initCollapsed`** | Set the initial collapsed state |
+| Option              | Description                        |
+| ------------------- | ---------------------------------- |
+| **`initCollapsed`**    | Set the initial collapsed state |
+| **`isSortable`**       | Disable order sorting by setting this value to `false` |
 
 ### Block configs
 
@@ -80,6 +81,8 @@ Blocks are defined as separate configs of their own.
 | **`imageAltText`**         | Customize this block's image thumbnail alt text.                                                                                                                                    |
 | **`interfaceName`**        | Create a top level, reusable [Typescript interface](/docs/typescript/generating-types#custom-field-interfaces) & [GraphQL type](/docs/graphql/graphql-schema#custom-field-schemas). |
 | **`graphQL.singularName`** | Text to use for the GraphQL schema name. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. NOTE: this is set for deprecation, prefer `interfaceName`.                                        |
+| **`dbName`**               | Custom table name for this block type when using SQL database adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from slug if not defined.
+| **`custom`**               | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                           |
 
 #### Auto-generated data per block
 

docs/fields/checkbox.mdx

@@ -17,21 +17,21 @@ keywords: checkbox, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Manage
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value, will default to false if field is also `required`. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                             |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See the [default field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config) for more details.                                                                            |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value, will default to false if field is also `required`. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                     |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See the [default field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config) for more details.                                                    |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/code.mdx

@@ -23,24 +23,24 @@ This field uses the `monaco-react` editor syntax highlighting.
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database#overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`minLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length.                                                                                                         |
-| **`maxLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length.                                                                                                         |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`minLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length.                                                                                 |
+| **`maxLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length.                                                                                 |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/date.mdx

@@ -22,21 +22,21 @@ This field uses [`react-datepicker`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/react-datepic
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -44,20 +44,20 @@ _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
 In addition to the default [field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config), you can customize the following fields that will adjust how the component displays in the admin panel via the `date` property.
 
-| Property                       | Description                                                                                 |
-| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`placeholder`**              | Placeholder text for the field.                                                             |
-| **`date`**                     | Pass options to customize date field appearance.                                            |
-| **`date.displayFormat`**       | Format date to be shown in field **cell**.                                                  |
-| **`date.pickerAppearance`** \* | Determines the appearance of the datepicker: `dayAndTime` `timeOnly` `dayOnly` `monthOnly`. |
-| **`date.monthsToShow`** \*     | Number of months to display max is 2. Defaults to 1.                                        |
-| **`date.minDate`** \*          | Min date value to allow.                                                                    |
-| **`date.maxDate`** \*          | Max date value to allow.                                                                    |
-| **`date.minTime`** \*          | Min time value to allow.                                                                    |
-| **`date.maxTime`** \*          | Max date value to allow.                                                                    |
-| **`date.overrides`** \*        | Pass any valid props directly to the [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md)     |
-| **`date.timeIntervals`** \*    | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes.                                          |
-| **`date.timeFormat`** \*       | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`.                                            |
+| Property                       | Description                                                                                                                            |
+| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`placeholder`**              | Placeholder text for the field.                                                                                                        |
+| **`date`**                     | Pass options to customize date field appearance.                                                                                       |
+| **`date.displayFormat`**       | Format date to be shown in field **cell**.                                                                                             |
+| **`date.pickerAppearance`** \* | Determines the appearance of the datepicker: `dayAndTime` `timeOnly` `dayOnly` `monthOnly`.                                            |
+| **`date.monthsToShow`** \*     | Number of months to display max is 2. Defaults to 1.                                                                                   |
+| **`date.minDate`** \*          | Min date value to allow.                                                                                                               |
+| **`date.maxDate`** \*          | Max date value to allow.                                                                                                               |
+| **`date.minTime`** \*          | Min time value to allow.                                                                                                               |
+| **`date.maxTime`** \*          | Max date value to allow.                                                                                                               |
+| **`date.overrides`** \*        | Pass any valid props directly to the [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md) |
+| **`date.timeIntervals`** \*    | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes.                                                                                     |
+| **`date.timeFormat`** \*       | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`.                                                                                       |
 
 _\* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md). ._
 

docs/fields/email.mdx

@@ -17,22 +17,22 @@ keywords: email, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Managemen
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/json.mdx

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ label: JSON
 order: 50
 desc: The JSON field type will store any string in the Database. Learn how to use JSON fields, see examples and options.
 
-keywords: json, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
+keywords: json, jsonSchema, schema, validation, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
 <Banner>
@@ -23,22 +23,23 @@ This field uses the `monaco-react` editor syntax highlighting.
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`index`**        | Build a an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                |
+| **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
+| **`jsonSchema`**   | Provide a JSON schema that will be used for validation. [JSON schemas](https://json-schema.org/learn/getting-started-step-by-step)
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -46,13 +47,13 @@ _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
 In addition to the default [field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config), you can adjust the following properties:
 
-| Option              | Description                                                                                                                                                                        |
-| ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Option              | Description                                                                                                                                                   |
+| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | **`editorOptions`** | Options that can be passed to the monaco editor, [view the full list](https://microsoft.github.io/monaco-editor/typedoc/variables/editor.EditorOptions.html). |
 
 ### Example
 
-`collections/ExampleCollection.ts
+`collections/ExampleCollection.ts`
 
 ```ts
 import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
@@ -68,3 +69,67 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
   ],
 }
 ```
+### JSON Schema Validation
+
+Payload JSON fields fully support the [JSON schema](https://json-schema.org/) standard. By providing a schema in your field config, the editor will be guided in the admin UI, getting typeahead for properties and their formats automatically. When the document is saved, the default validation will prevent saving any invalid data in the field according to the schema in your config.
+
+If you only provide a URL to a schema, Payload will fetch the desired schema if it is publicly available. If not, it is recommended to add the schema directly to your config or import it from another file so that it can be implemented consistently in your project.
+
+
+#### Local JSON Schema
+
+`collections/ExampleCollection.ts`
+
+```ts
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+
+export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'example-collection',
+  fields: [
+    {
+      name: 'customerJSON', // required
+      type: 'json', // required
+      jsonSchema: {
+        uri: 'a://b/foo.json', // required
+        fileMatch: ['a://b/foo.json'], // required
+        schema: {
+          type: 'object',
+          properties: {
+            foo: {
+              enum: ['bar', 'foobar'],
+            }
+          },
+        },
+      },
+
+    },
+  ],
+}
+// {"foo": "bar"} or {"foo": "foobar"} - ok
+// Attempting to create {"foo": "not-bar"} will throw an error
+```
+
+#### Remote JSON Schema
+
+`collections/ExampleCollection.ts`
+
+```ts
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+
+export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'example-collection',
+  fields: [
+    {
+      name: 'customerJSON', // required
+      type: 'json', // required
+      jsonSchema: {
+        uri: 'https://example.com/customer.schema.json', // required
+        fileMatch: ['https://example.com/customer.schema.json'], // required
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+// If 'https://example.com/customer.schema.json' has a JSON schema
+// {"foo": "bar"} or {"foo": "foobar"} - ok
+// Attempting to create {"foo": "not-bar"} will throw an error
+```

docs/fields/number.mdx

@@ -20,27 +20,27 @@ keywords: number, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Manageme
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`min`**          | Minimum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function.                                                                                                                                  |
-| **`max`**          | Maximum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function.                                                                                                                                  |
-| **`hasMany`**      | Makes this field an ordered array of numbers instead of just a single number.                                                                                                                       |
-| **`minRows`**      | Minimum number of numbers in the numbers array, if `hasMany` is set to true.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`maxRows`**      | Maximum number of numbers in the numbers array, if `hasMany` is set to true.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                          |
+|--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                               |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                              |
+| **`min`**          | Minimum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function.                                                                                                                   |
+| **`max`**          | Maximum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function.                                                                                                                   |
+| **`hasMany`**      | Makes this field an ordered array of numbers instead of just a single number.                                                                                                        |
+| **`minRows`**      | Minimum number of numbers in the numbers array, if `hasMany` is set to true.                                                                                                         |
+| **`maxRows`**      | Maximum number of numbers in the numbers array, if `hasMany` is set to true.                                                                                                         |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                         |
+| **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often.          |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                         |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                        |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                           |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                              |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                     |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                 |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                      |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                  |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                            |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                            |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/overview.mdx

@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ export const Page: CollectionConfig = {
 - [Date](/docs/fields/date) - date / time field that saves a timestamp
 - [Email](/docs/fields/email) - validates the entry is a properly formatted email
 - [Group](/docs/fields/group) - nest fields within an object
+- [JSON](/docs/fields/json) - saves actual JSON in the database
 - [Number](/docs/fields/number) - field that enforces that its value be a number
 - [Point](/docs/fields/point) - geometric coordinates for location data
 - [Radio](/docs/fields/radio) - radio button group, allowing only one value to be selected
@@ -82,15 +83,15 @@ There are two arguments available to custom validation functions.
 
 | Property      | Description                                                                                                              |
 | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
-| `data`        | An object of the full collection or global document.                                                                     |
-| `siblingData` | An object of the document data limited to fields within the same parent to the field.                                    |
-| `operation`   | Will be "create" or "update" depending on the UI action or API call.                                                     |
-| `id`          | The value of the collection `id`, will be `undefined` on create request.                                                 |
-| `t`           | The function for translating text, [more](/docs/configuration/i18n).                                                     |
-| `user`        | The currently authenticated user object.                                                                                 |
+| `data`        | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited                                       |
+| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field                    |
+| `operation`   | Will be `create` or `update` depending on the UI action or API call                                                      |
+| `id`          | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation                         |
+| `t`           | The function for translating text, [more](/docs/configuration/i18n)                                                      |
+| `user`        | An object containing the currently authenticated user                                                                    |
 | `payload`     | If the `validate` function is being executed on the server, Payload will be exposed for easily running local operations. |
 
-Example:
+### Example
 
 ```ts
 import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
@@ -162,19 +163,21 @@ Example:
 
 In addition to each field's base configuration, you can define specific traits and properties for fields that only have effect on how they are rendered in the Admin panel. The following properties are available for all fields within the `admin` property:
 
-| Option            | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `condition`       | You can programmatically show / hide fields based on what other fields are doing. [Click here](#conditional-logic) for more info.                                                                                                |
-| `components`      | All field components can be completely and easily swapped out for custom components that you define. [Click here](#custom-components) for more info.                                                                             |
-| `description`     | Helper text to display with the field to provide more information for the editor user. [Click here](#description) for more info.                                                                                                 |
-| `position`        | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`.                                                                                                                                        |
-| `width`           | Restrict the width of a field. you can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
-| `style`           | Attach raw CSS style properties to the root DOM element of a field.                                                                                                                                                              |
-| `className`       | Attach a CSS class name to the root DOM element of a field.                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| `readOnly`        | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value.                                                            |
-| `disabled`        | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the Admin panel.                                                                                                                                                         |
-| `disableBulkEdit` | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents.                                                                                                 |
-| `hidden`          | Setting a field's `hidden` property on its `admin` config will transform it into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with the Admin panel's requests, but the field itself will not be visible to editors.        |
+| Option              | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `condition`         | You can programmatically show / hide fields based on what other fields are doing. [Click here](#conditional-logic) for more info.                                                                                                |
+| `components`        | All field components can be completely and easily swapped out for custom components that you define. [Click here](#custom-components) for more info.                                                                             |
+| `description`       | Helper text to display with the field to provide more information for the editor user. [Click here](#description) for more info.                                                                                                 |
+| `position`          | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`.                                                                                                                                        |
+| `width`             | Restrict the width of a field. you can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
+| `style`             | Attach raw CSS style properties to the root DOM element of a field.                                                                                                                                                              |
+| `className`         | Attach a CSS class name to the root DOM element of a field.                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| `readOnly`          | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value.                                                            |
+| `disabled`          | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the Admin panel.                                                                                                                                                         |
+| `disableBulkEdit`   | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents.                                                                                                 |
+| `disableListColumn` | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector.                                                                                                                             |
+| `disableListFilter` | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options.                                                                                                                              |
+| `hidden`            | Setting a field's `hidden` property on its `admin` config will transform it into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with the Admin panel's requests, but the field itself will not be visible to editors.        |
 
 ### Custom components
 

docs/fields/point.mdx

@@ -27,22 +27,22 @@ The data structure in the database matches the GeoJSON structure to represent po
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-| ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                                            |
-| **`label`**        | Used as a field label in the Admin panel and to name the generated GraphQL type.                                                                                                                                  |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                                      |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                               |
+| ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                    |
+| **`label`**        | Used as a field label in the Admin panel and to name the generated GraphQL type.                                                                                                          |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                              |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. To support location queries, point index defaults to `2dsphere`, to disable the index set to `false`. |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                                      |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                                     |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                                        |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                                           |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                                  |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                              |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                                   |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                               |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                                         |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                              |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                             |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                   |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                          |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                      |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                           |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                       |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                 |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                 |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/radio.mdx

@@ -20,22 +20,23 @@ keywords: radio, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Managemen
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`options`** \*   | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing an `label` string and a `value` string.                                          |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`options`** \*   | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing an `label` string and a `value` string.                  |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. The default value must exist within provided values in `options`. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                              |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. The default value must exist within provided values in `options`. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)      |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
+| **`enumName`**     | Custom enum name for this field when using SQL database adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from name if not defined.
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/relationship.mdx

@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ keywords: relationship, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Ma
 </Banner>
 
 <LightDarkImage
-srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/relationship.png"
-srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/relationship-dark.png"
-alt="Shows a relationship field in the Payload admin panel"
-caption="Admin panel screenshot of a Relationship field"
+  srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/relationship.png"
+  srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/relationship-dark.png"
+  alt="Shows a relationship field in the Payload admin panel"
+  caption="Admin panel screenshot of a Relationship field"
 />
 
 **Example uses:**
@@ -26,28 +26,28 @@ caption="Admin panel screenshot of a Relationship field"
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option              | Description                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| **`name`** \*       | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                        |
-| **`relationTo`** \* | Provide one or many collection `slug`s to be able to assign relationships to.                                                                                                 |
-| **`filterOptions`** | A query to filter which options appear in the UI and validate against. [More](#filtering-relationship-options).                                                               |
-| **`hasMany`**       | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many relations instead of only one.                                                                                 |
-| **`minRows`**       | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`.                                                                         |
-| **`maxRows`**       | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`.                                                                           |
-| **`maxDepth`**      | Sets a number limit on iterations of related documents to populate when queried. [Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#depth)                                                |
-| **`label`**         | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                       |
-| **`unique`**        | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                  |
-| **`validate`**      | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                  |
-| **`index`**         | Build a an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`saveToJWT`**     | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                 |
-| **`hooks`**         | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                    |
-| **`access`**        | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                       |
-| **`hidden`**        | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                              |
-| **`defaultValue`**  | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                          |
-| **`localized`**     | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                               |
-| **`required`**      | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                           |
-| **`admin`**         | Admin-specific configuration. See the [default field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config) for more details.                                                      |
-| **`custom`**        | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                     |
+| Option              | Description                                                                                                                                                                    |
+|---------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **`name`** \*       | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                         |
+| **`relationTo`** \* | Provide one or many collection `slug`s to be able to assign relationships to.                                                                                                  |
+| **`filterOptions`** | A query to filter which options appear in the UI and validate against. [More](#filtering-relationship-options).                                                                |
+| **`hasMany`**       | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many relations instead of only one.                                                                                  |
+| **`minRows`**       | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`.                                                                          |
+| **`maxRows`**       | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`.                                                                            |
+| **`maxDepth`**      | Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#field-level-max-depth) |
+| **`label`**         | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                        |
+| **`unique`**        | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                   |
+| **`validate`**      | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                   |
+| **`index`**         | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often.    |
+| **`saveToJWT`**     | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                  |
+| **`hooks`**         | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                     |
+| **`access`**        | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                        |
+| **`hidden`**        | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                               |
+| **`defaultValue`**  | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                           |
+| **`localized`**     | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                |
+| **`required`**      | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                            |
+| **`admin`**         | Admin-specific configuration. See the [default field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config) for more details.                                                       |
+| **`custom`**        | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                      |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ The `filterOptions` property can either be a `Where` query, or a function return
 prevent all, or a `Where` query. When using a function, it will be
 called with an argument object with the following properties:
 
-| Property      | Description                                                                          |
-|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| `relationTo`  | The `relationTo` to filter against (as defined on the field)                         |
-| `data`        | An object of the full collection or global document currently being edited           |
-| `siblingData` | An object of the document data limited to fields within the same parent to the field |
-| `id`          | The value of the collection `id`, will be `undefined` on create request              |
-| `user`        | The currently authenticated user object                                              |
+| Property      | Description                                                                                           |
+| ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `relationTo`  | The collection `slug` to filter against, limited to this field's `relationTo` property                |
+| `data`        | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited                    |
+| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field |
+| `id`          | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation      |
+| `user`        | An object containing the currently authenticated user                                                 |
 
 ### Example
 
@@ -287,10 +287,7 @@ To save the to `hasMany` relationship field we need to send an array of IDs:
 
 ```json
 {
-  "owners": [
-    "6031ac9e1289176380734024",
-    "602c3c327b811235943ee12b"
-  ]
+  "owners": ["6031ac9e1289176380734024", "602c3c327b811235943ee12b"]
 }
 ```
 
@@ -362,5 +359,6 @@ Since we are referencing multiple collections, the field you are querying on may
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  You <strong>cannot</strong> query on a field within a polymorphic relationship as you would with a non-polymorphic relationship.
+  You <strong>cannot</strong> query on a field within a polymorphic relationship as you would with a
+  non-polymorphic relationship.
 </Banner>

docs/fields/rich-text.mdx

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ keywords: rich text, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Manag
   caption="Admin panel screenshot of a Rich Text field"
 />
 
-Payload's rich text field is built on an "adapter pattern" which lets you specify which rich text editor you'd like to use. 
+Payload's rich text field is built on an "adapter pattern" which lets you specify which rich text editor you'd like to use.
 
 Right now, Payload is officially supporting two rich text editors:
 
@@ -26,7 +26,13 @@ Right now, Payload is officially supporting two rich text editors:
 2. [Lexical](/docs/rich-text/lexical) - beta, where things will be moving
 
 <Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Consistent with Payload's goal of making you learn as little of Payload as possible, customizing and using the Rich Text Editor does not involve learning how to develop for a <em>Payload</em> rich text editor.</strong> Instead, you can invest your time and effort into learning the underlying open-source tools that will allow you to apply your learnings elsewhere as well.
+  <strong>
+    Consistent with Payload's goal of making you learn as little of Payload as possible, customizing
+    and using the Rich Text Editor does not involve learning how to develop for a <em>Payload</em>{' '}
+    rich text editor.
+  </strong>{' '}
+  Instead, you can invest your time and effort into learning the underlying open-source tools that
+  will allow you to apply your learnings elsewhere as well.
 </Banner>
 
 ### Config
@@ -67,4 +73,4 @@ Override the default text direction of the Admin panel for this field. Set to `t
 
 ### Editor-specific options
 
-For a ton more editor-specific options, including how to build custom rich text elements directly into your editor, take a look at either the [Slate docs](/docs/rich-text/slate) or the [Lexical docs](/docs/rich-text/lexical) depending on which editor you're using.
+For a ton more editor-specific options, including how to build custom rich text elements directly into your editor, take a look at either the [Slate docs](/docs/rich-text/slate) or the [Lexical docs](/docs/rich-text/lexical) depending on which editor you're using.

docs/fields/select.mdx

@@ -20,24 +20,26 @@ keywords: select, multi-select, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Co
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`options`** \*   | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing a `label` string and a `value` string.                                           |
-| **`hasMany`**      | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many selections instead of only one.                                                                                                      |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`options`** \*   | Array of options to allow the field to store. Can either be an array of strings, or an array of objects containing a `label` string and a `value` string.                   |
+| **`hasMany`**      | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many selections instead of only one.                                                                              |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See the [default field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config) for more details.                                                                            |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See the [default field admin config](/docs/fields/overview#admin-config) for more details.                                                    |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
+| **`enumName`**     | Custom enum name for this field when using SQL database adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from name if not defined.                               |
+| **`dbName`**       | Custom table name (if `hasMany` set to `true`) for this field when using SQL database adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from name if not defined. |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -122,7 +124,7 @@ export const CustomSelectField: Field = {
         ],
       }),
     },
-  }
+  },
 }
 ```
 
@@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ import * as React from 'react';
 import { SelectInput, useField } from 'payload/components/forms';
 import { useAuth } from 'payload/components/utilities';
 
-type customSelectProps = {
+type CustomSelectProps = {
   path: string;
   options: {
     label: string;
@@ -164,7 +166,7 @@ export const CustomSelectComponent: React.FC<CustomSelectProps> = ({ path, optio
         name={path}
         options={adjustedOptions}
         value={value}
-        onChange={() => setValue(e.value)}
+        onChange={(e) => setValue(e.value)}
       />
     </div>
   )
@@ -174,9 +176,9 @@ export const CustomSelectComponent: React.FC<CustomSelectProps> = ({ path, optio
 If you are looking to create a dynamic select field, the following tutorial will walk you through the process of creating a custom select field that fetches its options from an external API.
 
 <VideoDrawer
- id='Efn9OxSjA6Y'
- label='How to Create a Custom Select Field'
- drawerTitle='How to Create a Custom Select Field: A Step-by-Step Guide'
+  id="Efn9OxSjA6Y"
+  label="How to Create a Custom Select Field"
+  drawerTitle="How to Create a Custom Select Field: A Step-by-Step Guide"
 />
 
 If you want to learn more about custom components check out the [Admin > Custom Component](/docs/admin/components#field-component) docs.

docs/fields/text.mdx

@@ -20,24 +20,27 @@ keywords: text, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`minLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length.                                                                                                         |
-| **`maxLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length.                                                                                                         |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                |
+| **`minLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length.                                                                                 |
+| **`maxLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length.                                                                                 |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
+| **`hasMany`**      | Makes this field an ordered array of text instead of just a single text.                                                                                                    |
+| **`minRows`**      | Minimum number of texts in the array, if `hasMany` is set to true.                                                                                                          |
+| **`maxRows`**      | Maximum number of texts in the array, if `hasMany` is set to true.                                                                                                          |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/textarea.mdx

@@ -20,24 +20,24 @@ keywords: textarea, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Manage
 
 ### Config
 
-| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                                              |
-| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                                             |
-| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                                        |
-| **`minLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length.                                                                                                         |
-| **`maxLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length.                                                                                                         |
-| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                                        |
+| Option             | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`name`** \*      | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
+| **`label`**        | Text used as a field label in the Admin panel or an object with keys for each language.                                                                                     |
+| **`unique`**       | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field.                                                                                                |
+| **`minLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length.                                                                                 |
+| **`maxLength`**    | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length.                                                                                 |
+| **`validate`**     | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation)                                |
 | **`index`**        | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
-| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                                                       |
-| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                                          |
-| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                                             |
-| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                                                    |
-| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                                                |
-| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                                                     |
-| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                                           |
-| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                                           |
+| **`saveToJWT`**    | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/config), include its data in the user JWT.                               |
+| **`hooks`**        | Provide field-based hooks to control logic for this field. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-hooks)                                                                  |
+| **`access`**       | Provide field-based access control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-level-access-control)                     |
+| **`hidden`**       | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin panel.                            |
+| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values)                                                                        |
+| **`localized`**    | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config.                                             |
+| **`required`**     | Require this field to have a value.                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`admin`**        | Admin-specific configuration. See below for [more detail](#admin-config).                                                                                                   |
+| **`custom`**       | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins)                                                                                                                   |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/fields/upload.mdx

@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ keywords: upload, images media, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Co
 </Banner>
 
 <LightDarkImage
-srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/upload.png"
-srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/upload-dark.png"
-alt="Shows an upload field in the Payload admin panel"
-caption="Admin panel screenshot of an Upload field"
+  srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/upload.png"
+  srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/upload-dark.png"
+  alt="Shows an upload field in the Payload admin panel"
+  caption="Admin panel screenshot of an Upload field"
 />
 
 **Example uses:**
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ caption="Admin panel screenshot of an Upload field"
 ### Config
 
 | Option               | Description                                                                                                                                                                 |
-|----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | **`name`** \*        | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names)                                                      |
 | **`*relationTo`** \* | Provide a single collection `slug` to allow this field to accept a relation to. <strong>Note: the related collection must be configured to support Uploads.</strong>        |
 | **`filterOptions`**  | A query to filter which options appear in the UI and validate against. [More](#filtering-upload-options).                                                                   |
@@ -85,15 +85,15 @@ The `filterOptions` property can either be a `Where` query, or a function return
 prevent all, or a `Where` query. When using a function, it will be
 called with an argument object with the following properties:
 
-| Property      | Description                                                                          |
-|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| `relationTo`  | The `relationTo` to filter against (as defined on the field)                         |
-| `data`        | An object of the full collection or global document currently being edited           |
-| `siblingData` | An object of the document data limited to fields within the same parent to the field |
-| `id`          | The value of the collection `id`, will be `undefined` on create request              |
-| `user`        | The currently authenticated user object                                              |
+| Property      | Description                                                                                           |
+| ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `relationTo`  | The collection `slug` to filter against, limited to this field's `relationTo` property                |
+| `data`        | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited                    |
+| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field |
+| `id`          | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation      |
+| `user`        | An object containing the currently authenticated user                                                 |
 
-**Example:**
+### Example
 
 ```ts
 const uploadField = {

docs/getting-started/concepts.mdx

@@ -156,6 +156,28 @@ To populate `user.author.department` in it's entirety you could specify `?depth=
 }
 ```
 
+#### Field-level max depth
+
+Fields like relationships or uploads can have a `maxDepth` property that limits the depth of the population for that field. Here are some examples:
+
+Depth: 10
+Current depth when field is accessed: 1
+`maxDepth`: undefined
+
+In this case, the field would be populated to 9 levels of population.
+
+Depth: 10
+Current depth when field is accessed: 0
+`maxDepth`: 2
+
+In this case, the field would be populated to 2 levels of population, despite there being a remaining depth of 8.
+
+Depth: 10
+Current depth when field is accessed: 2
+`maxDepth`: 1
+
+In this case, the field would not be populated, as the current depth (2) has exceeded the `maxDepth` for this field (1).
+
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />

docs/getting-started/installation.mdx

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ keywords: documentation, getting started, guide, Content Management System, cms,
 Payload requires the following software:
 
 - Any JavaScript package manager (Yarn, NPM, or pnpm)
-- Node.js version 16+
+- Node.js version 18+
 - Any [compatible database](/docs/database/overview) (MongoDB or Postgres)
 
 <Banner type="warning">
@@ -62,9 +62,7 @@ import express from 'express'
 const app = express()
 
 app.listen(3000, async () => {
-  console.log(
-    "Express is now listening for incoming connections on port 3000."
-  )
+  console.log('Express is now listening for incoming connections on port 3000.')
 })
 ```
 
@@ -86,9 +84,7 @@ const start = async () => {
   })
 
   app.listen(3000, async () => {
-    console.log(
-      "Express is now listening for incoming connections on port 3000."
-    )
+    console.log('Express is now listening for incoming connections on port 3000.')
   })
 }
 
@@ -105,6 +101,7 @@ PAYLOAD_SECRET=your-payload-secret
 Here is a list of all properties available to pass through `payload.init`:
 
 ##### secret
+
 **Required**. This is a secure string that will be used to authenticate with Payload. It can be random but should be at least 14 characters and be very difficult to guess.
 
 Payload uses this secret key to generate secure user tokens (JWT). Behind the scenes, we do not use your secret key to encrypt directly - instead, we first take the secret key and create an encrypted string using the SHA-256 hash function. Then, we reduce the encrypted string to its first 32 characters. This final value is what Payload uses for encryption.
@@ -126,6 +123,7 @@ A boolean that disables the database connection when Payload starts up.
 An object used to configure SMTP. [Read more](/docs/email/overview).
 
 ##### express
+
 This is your Express app as shown above. Payload will tie into your existing `app` and scope all of its functionalities to sub-routers. By default, Payload will add an `/admin` router and an `/api` router, but you can customize these paths.
 
 ##### local

docs/getting-started/what-is-payload.mdx

@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ development process, but importantly, stay out of your way as your apps get more
 <Banner type="success">
   <strong>Payload 2.0 has been released!</strong>
   <br />
-  Includes Postgres support, Live Preview, Lexical Editor, and more. <a href="/blog/payload-2-0">Read the announcement</a>.
+  Includes Postgres support, Live Preview, Lexical Editor, and more.{' '}
+  <a href="/blog/payload-2-0">Read the announcement</a>.
 </Banner>
 
 Out of the box, Payload gives you a lot of the things that you often need when developing a new website, web app, or native app:

docs/graphql/graphql-schema.mdx

@@ -16,19 +16,6 @@ Run the following command in a Payload project to generate your project's GraphQ
 payload generate:graphQLSchema
 ```
 
-You can run this command whenever you need to regenerate your GraphQL schema and output it to a file, and then you can use the schema for writing your own GraphQL elsewhere in other projects.
-
-### Custom output file path
-
-```js
-{
-  // the remainder of your config
-	graphQL: {
-		schemaOutputFile: path.resolve(__dirname, './graphql/schema.graphql'),
-	},
-}
-```
-
 ### Custom Field Schemas
 
 For `array`, `block`, `group` and named `tab` fields, you can generate top level reusable interfaces. The following group field config:

docs/graphql/overview.mdx

@@ -16,14 +16,13 @@ The labels you provide for your Collections and Globals are used to name the Gra
 
 At the top of your Payload config you can define all the options to manage GraphQL.
 
-| Option                          | Description                                                                                                                                                   |
-| ------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `mutations`                     | Any custom Mutations to be added in addition to what Payload provides. [More](/docs/graphql/extending)                                                        |
-| `queries`                       | Any custom Queries to be added in addition to what Payload provides. [More](/docs/graphql/extending)                                                          |
-| `maxComplexity`                 | A number used to set the maximum allowed complexity allowed by requests [More](/docs/graphql/overview#query-complexity-limits)                                |
-| `disablePlaygroundInProduction` | A boolean that if false will enable the GraphQL playground, defaults to true. [More](/docs/graphql/overview#graphql-playground)                               |
-| `disable`                       | A boolean that if true will disable the GraphQL entirely, defaults to false.                                                                                  |
-| `schemaOutputFile`              | A string for the file path used by the generate schema command. Defaults to `graphql.schema` next to `payload.config.ts` [More](/docs/graphql/graphql-schema) |
+| Option                          | Description                                                                                                                     |
+| ------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `mutations`                     | Any custom Mutations to be added in addition to what Payload provides. [More](/docs/graphql/extending)                          |
+| `queries`                       | Any custom Queries to be added in addition to what Payload provides. [More](/docs/graphql/extending)                            |
+| `maxComplexity`                 | A number used to set the maximum allowed complexity allowed by requests [More](/docs/graphql/overview#query-complexity-limits)  |
+| `disablePlaygroundInProduction` | A boolean that if false will enable the GraphQL playground, defaults to true. [More](/docs/graphql/overview#graphql-playground) |
+| `disable`                       | A boolean that if true will disable the GraphQL entirely, defaults to false.                                                    |
 
 ## Collections
 
@@ -43,11 +42,12 @@ export const PublicUser: CollectionConfig = {
 
 **Payload will automatically open up the following queries:**
 
-| Query Name         | Operation           |
-| ------------------ | ------------------- |
-| **`PublicUser`**   | `findByID`          |
-| **`PublicUsers`**  | `find`              |
-| **`mePublicUser`** | `me` auth operation |
+| Query Name              | Operation           |
+| ------------------      | ------------------- |
+| **`PublicUser`**        | `findByID`          |
+| **`PublicUsers`**       | `find`              |
+| **`countPublicUsers`**  | `count`             |
+| **`mePublicUser`**      | `me` auth operation |
 
 **And the following mutations:**
 

docs/hooks/collections.mdx

@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ import { CollectionBeforeOperationHook } from 'payload/types'
 const beforeOperationHook: CollectionBeforeOperationHook = async ({
   args, // original arguments passed into the operation
   operation, // name of the operation
+  req, // full express request
 }) => {
   return args // return modified operation arguments as necessary
 }
@@ -209,6 +210,7 @@ import { CollectionAfterOperationHook } from 'payload/types'
 const afterOperationHook: CollectionAfterOperationHook = async ({
   args, // arguments passed into the operation
   operation, // name of the operation
+  req, // full express request
   result, // the result of the operation, before modifications
 }) => {
   return result // return modified result as necessary
@@ -290,13 +292,11 @@ For auth-enabled Collections, this hook runs after successful `forgotPassword` o
 ```ts
 import { CollectionAfterForgotPasswordHook } from 'payload/types'
 
-const afterLoginHook: CollectionAfterForgotPasswordHook = async ({
-  req, // full express request
-  user, // user being logged in
-  token, // user token
-}) => {
-  return user
-}
+const afterForgotPasswordHook: CollectionAfterForgotPasswordHook = async ({
+  args, // arguments passed into the operation
+  context,
+  collection, // The collection which this hook is being run on
+}) => {...}
 ```
 
 ## TypeScript

docs/hooks/fields.mdx

@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ desc: Hooks can be added to any fields, and optionally modify the return value o
 keywords: hooks, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Field-level hooks offer incredible potential for encapsulating your logic. They help to isolate concerns and package up functionalities to be easily reusable across your projects.
+Field-level hooks offer incredible potential for encapsulating your logic. They help to isolate concerns and package up
+functionalities to be easily reusable across your projects.
 
 **Example use cases include:**
 
@@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ Field-level hooks offer incredible potential for encapsulating your logic. They
 
 - [beforeValidate](#beforevalidate)
 - [beforeChange](#beforechange)
+- beforeDuplicate(#beforeduplicate)
 - [afterChange](#afterchange)
 - [afterRead](#afterread)
 
@@ -37,6 +39,7 @@ const ExampleField: Field = {
   hooks: {
     beforeValidate: [(args) => {...}],
     beforeChange: [(args) => {...}],
+    beforeDuplicate: [(args) => {...}],
     afterChange: [(args) => {...}],
     afterRead: [(args) => {...}],
   }
@@ -46,7 +49,8 @@ const ExampleField: Field = {
 
 ## Arguments and return values
 
-All field-level hooks are formatted to accept the same arguments, although some arguments may be `undefined` based on which field hook you are utilizing.
+All field-level hooks are formatted to accept the same arguments, although some arguments may be `undefined` based on
+which field hook you are utilizing.
 
 <Banner type="success">
   <strong>Tip:</strong>
@@ -62,17 +66,17 @@ All field-level hooks are formatted to accept the same arguments, although some
 Field Hooks receive one `args` argument that contains the following properties:
 
 | Option                   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| ------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | **`data`**               | The data passed to update the document within `create` and `update` operations, and the full document itself in the `afterRead` hook.                                                                                 |
 | **`siblingData`**        | The sibling data passed to a field that the hook is running against.                                                                                                                                                  |
 | **`findMany`**           | Boolean to denote if this hook is running against finding one, or finding many within the `afterRead` hook.                                                                                                           |
 | **`operation`**          | A string relating to which operation the field type is currently executing within. Useful within `beforeValidate`, `beforeChange`, and `afterChange` hooks to differentiate between `create` and `update` operations. |
 | **`originalDoc`**        | The full original document in `update` operations. In the `afterChange` hook, this is the resulting document of the operation.                                                                                        |
 | **`previousDoc`**        | The document before changes were applied, only in `afterChange` hooks.                                                                                                                                                |
-| **`previousSiblingDoc`** | The sibling data from the previous document in `afterChange` hook.                                                                                                                                                    |
+| **`previousSiblingDoc`** | The sibling data of the document before changes being applied, only in `beforeChange` and `afterChange` hook.                                                                                                         |
 | **`req`**                | The Express `request` object. It is mocked for Local API operations.                                                                                                                                                  |
 | **`value`**              | The value of the field.                                                                                                                                                                                               |
-| **`previousValue`**      | The previous value of the field, before changes were applied, only in `afterChange` hooks.                                                                                                                            |
+| **`previousValue`**      | The previous value of the field, before changes, only in `beforeChange` and `afterChange` hooks.                                                                                                                      |
 | **`context`**            | Context passed to this hook. More info can be found under [Context](/docs/hooks/context)                                                                                                                              |
 | **`field`**              | The field which the hook is running against.                                                                                                                                                                          |
 | **`collection`**         | The collection which the field belongs to. If the field belongs to a global, this will be null.                                                                                                                       |
@@ -80,7 +84,8 @@ Field Hooks receive one `args` argument that contains the following properties:
 
 #### Return value
 
-All field hooks can optionally modify the return value of the field before the operation continues. Field Hooks may optionally return the value that should be used within the field.
+All field hooks can optionally modify the return value of the field before the operation continues. Field Hooks may
+optionally return the value that should be used within the field.
 
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Important</strong>
@@ -92,11 +97,14 @@ All field hooks can optionally modify the return value of the field before the o
 
 ## Examples of Field Hooks
 
-To better illustrate how field-level hooks can be applied, here are some specific examples. These demonstrate the flexibility and potential of field hooks in different contexts. Remember, these examples are just a starting point - the true potential of field-level hooks lies in their adaptability to a wide array of use cases.
+To better illustrate how field-level hooks can be applied, here are some specific examples. These demonstrate the
+flexibility and potential of field hooks in different contexts. Remember, these examples are just a starting point - the
+true potential of field-level hooks lies in their adaptability to a wide array of use cases.
 
 ### beforeValidate
 
-Runs before the `update` operation. This hook allows you to pre-process or format field data before it undergoes validation.
+Runs before the `update` operation. This hook allows you to pre-process or format field data before it undergoes
+validation.
 
 ```ts
 import { Field } from 'payload/types'
@@ -105,19 +113,25 @@ const usernameField: Field = {
   name: 'username',
   type: 'text',
   hooks: {
-    beforeValidate: [({ value }) => {
-      // Trim whitespace and convert to lowercase
-      return value.trim().toLowerCase()
-    }],
-  }
+    beforeValidate: [
+      ({ value }) => {
+        // Trim whitespace and convert to lowercase
+        return value.trim().toLowerCase()
+      },
+    ],
+  },
 }
 ```
 
-In this example, the `beforeValidate` hook is used to process the `username` field. The hook takes the incoming value of the field and transforms it by trimming whitespace and converting it to lowercase. This ensures that the username is stored in a consistent format in the database.
+In this example, the `beforeValidate` hook is used to process the `username` field. The hook takes the incoming value of
+the field and transforms it by trimming whitespace and converting it to lowercase. This ensures that the username is
+stored in a consistent format in the database.
 
 ### beforeChange
 
-Immediately following validation, `beforeChange` hooks will run within `create` and `update` operations. At this stage, you can be confident that the field data that will be saved to the document is valid in accordance to your field validations.
+Immediately following validation, `beforeChange` hooks will run within `create` and `update` operations. At this stage,
+you can be confident that the field data that will be saved to the document is valid in accordance to your field
+validations.
 
 ```ts
 import { Field } from 'payload/types'
@@ -126,21 +140,26 @@ const emailField: Field = {
   name: 'email',
   type: 'email',
   hooks: {
-    beforeChange: [({ value, operation }) => {
-      if (operation === 'create') {
-        // Perform additional validation or transformation for 'create' operation
-      }
-      return value
-    }],
-  }
+    beforeChange: [
+      ({ value, operation }) => {
+        if (operation === 'create') {
+          // Perform additional validation or transformation for 'create' operation
+        }
+        return value
+      },
+    ],
+  },
 }
 ```
 
-In the `emailField`, the `beforeChange` hook checks the `operation` type. If the operation is `create`, it performs additional validation or transformation on the email field value. This allows for operation-specific logic to be applied to the field.
+In the `emailField`, the `beforeChange` hook checks the `operation` type. If the operation is `create`, it performs
+additional validation or transformation on the email field value. This allows for operation-specific logic to be applied
+to the field.
 
 ### afterChange
 
-The `afterChange` hook is executed after a field's value has been changed and saved in the database. This hook is useful for post-processing or triggering side effects based on the new value of the field.
+The `afterChange` hook is executed after a field's value has been changed and saved in the database. This hook is useful
+for post-processing or triggering side effects based on the new value of the field.
 
 ```ts
 import { Field } from 'payload/types'
@@ -151,25 +170,33 @@ const membershipStatusField: Field = {
   options: [
     { label: 'Standard', value: 'standard' },
     { label: 'Premium', value: 'premium' },
-    { label: 'VIP', value: 'vip' }
+    { label: 'VIP', value: 'vip' },
   ],
   hooks: {
-    afterChange: [({ value, previousValue, req }) => {
-      if (value !== previousValue) {
-        // Log or perform an action when the membership status changes
-        console.log(`User ID ${req.user.id} changed their membership status from ${previousValue} to ${value}.`)
-        // Here, you can implement actions that could track conversions from one tier to another
-      }
-    }],
-  }
+    afterChange: [
+      ({ value, previousValue, req }) => {
+        if (value !== previousValue) {
+          // Log or perform an action when the membership status changes
+          console.log(
+            `User ID ${req.user.id} changed their membership status from ${previousValue} to ${value}.`,
+          )
+          // Here, you can implement actions that could track conversions from one tier to another
+        }
+      },
+    ],
+  },
 }
 ```
 
-In this example, the `afterChange` hook is used with a `membershipStatusField`, which allows users to select their membership level (Standard, Premium, VIP). The hook monitors changes in the membership status. When a change occurs, it logs the update and can be used to trigger further actions, such as tracking conversion from one tier to another or notifying them about changes in their membership benefits.
+In this example, the `afterChange` hook is used with a `membershipStatusField`, which allows users to select their
+membership level (Standard, Premium, VIP). The hook monitors changes in the membership status. When a change occurs, it
+logs the update and can be used to trigger further actions, such as tracking conversion from one tier to another or
+notifying them about changes in their membership benefits.
 
 ### afterRead
 
-The `afterRead` hook is invoked after a field value is read from the database. This is ideal for formatting or transforming the field data for output.
+The `afterRead` hook is invoked after a field value is read from the database. This is ideal for formatting or
+transforming the field data for output.
 
 ```ts
 import { Field } from 'payload/types'
@@ -178,17 +205,45 @@ const dateField: Field = {
   name: 'createdAt',
   type: 'date',
   hooks: {
-    afterRead: [({ value }) => {
-      // Format date for display
-      return new Date(value).toLocaleDateString()
+    afterRead: [
+      ({ value }) => {
+        // Format date for display
+        return new Date(value).toLocaleDateString()
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}
+```
+
+Here, the `afterRead` hook for the `dateField` is used to format the date into a more readable format
+using `toLocaleDateString()`. This hook modifies the way the date is presented to the user, making it more
+user-friendly.
+
+### beforeDuplicate
+
+The `beforeDuplicate` field hook is called on each locale (when using localization), when duplicating a document. It may be used when documents having the
+exact same properties may cause issue. This gives you a way to avoid duplicate names on `unique`, `required` fields or when external systems expect non-repeating values on documents.
+
+This hook gets called after `beforeChange` hooks are called and before the document is saved to the database.
+
+By Default, unique and required text fields Payload will append "- Copy" to the original document value. The default is not added if your field has its own, you must return non-unique values from your beforeDuplicate hook to avoid errors or enable the `disableDuplicate` option on the collection.
+Here is an example of a number field with a hook that increments the number to avoid unique constraint errors when duplicating a document:
+
+```ts
+import { Field } from 'payload/types'
+
+const numberField: Field = {
+  name: 'number',
+  type: 'number',
+  hooks: {
+    // increment existing value by 1
+    beforeDuplicate: [({ value }) => {
+      return (value ?? 0) + 1
     }],
   }
 }
 ```
 
-Here, the `afterRead` hook for the `dateField` is used to format the date into a more readable format using `toLocaleDateString()`. This hook modifies the way the date is presented to the user, making it more user-friendly.
-
-
 ## TypeScript
 
 Payload exports a type for field hooks which can be accessed and used as follows:

docs/hooks/overview.mdx

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ If your Hook simply performs a side-effect, such as updating a CRM, it might be
 
 #### Server-only execution
 
-Payload Hooks do not have any effect within the Payload Admin panel. You can safely [remove your hooks](/docs/admin/webpack#aliasing-server-only-modules) from your Admin panel's code by customizing the Webpack config, which not only keeps your Admin bundles' filesize small but also ensures that any server-side only code does not cause problems within browser environments.
+Payload Hooks are only triggered on the server. You can safely [remove your hooks](/docs/admin/webpack#aliasing-server-only-modules) from your Admin panel's client-side code by customizing the Webpack config, which not only keeps your Admin bundles' filesize small but also ensures that any server-side only code does not cause problems within browser environments.
 
 ## Hook Types
 

docs/live-preview/client.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+---
+title: Client-side Live Preview
+label: Client-side
+order: 40
+desc: Learn how to implement Live Preview in your client-side front-end application.
+keywords: live preview, frontend, react, next.js, vue, nuxt.js, svelte, hook, useLivePreview
+---
+
+<Banner type="info">
+  If your front-end application supports Server Components like the [Next.js App Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/app), etc., we suggest setting up [server-side Live Preview](./server).
+</Banner>
+
+While using Live Preview, the Admin panel emits a new `window.postMessage` event every time your document has changed. Your front-end application can listen for these events and re-render accordingly.
+
+If your front-end application is built with [React](#react) or [Vue](#vue), use the `useLivePreview` hooks that Payload provides. In the future, all other major frameworks like Svelte will be officially supported. If you are using any of these frameworks today, you can still integrate with Live Preview yourself using the underlying tooling that Payload provides. See [building your own hook](#building-your-own-hook) for more information.
+
+By default, all hooks accept the following args:
+
+| Path               | Description                                                                            |
+| ------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`serverURL`** \* | The URL of your Payload server.                                                        |
+| **`initialData`**  | The initial data of the document. The live data will be merged in as changes are made. |
+| **`depth`**        | The depth of the relationships to fetch. Defaults to `0`.                              |
+| **`apiRoute`**     | The path of your API route as defined in `routes.api`. Defaults to `/api`.             |
+
+_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
+
+And return the following values:
+
+| Path            | Description                                                      |
+| --------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`data`**      | The live data of the document, merged with the initial data.     |
+| **`isLoading`** | A boolean that indicates whether or not the document is loading. |
+
+<Banner type="info">
+  If your front-end is tightly coupled to required fields, you should ensure that your UI does not
+  break when these fields are removed. For example, if you are rendering something like
+  `data.relatedPosts[0].title`, your page will break once you remove the first related post. To get
+  around this, use conditional logic, optional chaining, or default values in your UI where needed.
+  For example, `data?.relatedPosts?.[0]?.title`.
+</Banner>
+
+<Banner type="info">
+  It is important that the `depth` argument matches exactly with the depth of your initial page request. The depth property is used to populated relationships and uploads beyond their IDs. See [Depth](../getting-started/concepts#depth) for more information.
+</Banner>
+
+### React
+
+If your front-end application is built with client-side [React](https://react.dev) like [Next.js Pages Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/pages), you can use the `useLivePreview` hook that Payload provides.
+
+First, install the `@payloadcms/live-preview-react` package:
+
+```bash
+npm install @payloadcms/live-preview-react
+```
+
+Then, use the `useLivePreview` hook in your React component:
+
+```tsx
+'use client'
+import { useLivePreview } from '@payloadcms/live-preview-react'
+import { Page as PageType } from '@/payload-types'
+
+// Fetch the page in a server component, pass it to the client component, then thread it through the hook
+// The hook will take over from there and keep the preview in sync with the changes you make
+// The `data` property will contain the live data of the document
+export const PageClient: React.FC<{
+  page: {
+    title: string
+  }
+}> = ({ page: initialPage }) => {
+  const { data } = useLivePreview<PageType>({
+    initialData: initialPage,
+    serverURL: PAYLOAD_SERVER_URL,
+    depth: 2,
+  })
+
+  return <h1>{data.title}</h1>
+}
+```
+
+### Vue
+
+If your front-end application is built with [Vue 3](https://vuejs.org) or [Nuxt 3](https://nuxt.js), you can use the `useLivePreview` composable that Payload provides.
+
+First, install the `@payloadcms/live-preview-vue` package:
+
+```bash
+npm install @payloadcms/live-preview-vue
+```
+
+Then, use the `useLivePreview` hook in your Vue component:
+
+```vue
+<script setup lang="ts">
+import type { PageData } from '~/types';
+import { defineProps } from 'vue';
+import { useLivePreview } from '@payloadcms/live-preview-vue';
+
+// Fetch the initial data on the parent component or using async state
+const props = defineProps<{ initialData: PageData }>();
+
+// The hook will take over from here and keep the preview in sync with the changes you make.
+// The `data` property will contain the live data of the document only when viewed from the Preview view of the Admin UI.
+const { data } = useLivePreview<PageData>({
+  initialData: props.initialData,
+  serverURL: "<PAYLOAD_SERVER_URL>",
+  depth: 2,
+});
+</script>
+
+<template>
+  <h1>{{ data.title }}</h1>
+</template>
+```
+
+### Building your own hook
+
+No matter what front-end framework you are using, you can build your own hook using the same underlying tooling that Payload provides.
+
+First, install the base `@payloadcms/live-preview` package:
+
+```bash
+npm install @payloadcms/live-preview
+```
+
+This package provides the following functions:
+
+| Path                     | Description                                                                                                                |
+| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`subscribe`**          | Subscribes to the Admin panel's `window.postMessage` events and calls the provided callback function.                      |
+| **`unsubscribe`**        | Unsubscribes from the Admin panel's `window.postMessage` events.                                                           |
+| **`ready`**              | Sends a `window.postMessage` event to the Admin panel to indicate that the front-end is ready to receive messages.         |
+| **`isLivePreviewEvent`** | Checks if a `MessageEvent` originates from the Admin panel and is a Live Preview event, i.e. debounced form state.         |
+
+The `subscribe` function takes the following args:
+
+| Path               | Description                                                                                 |
+| ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`callback`** \*  | A callback function that is called with `data` every time a change is made to the document. |
+| **`serverURL`** \* | The URL of your Payload server.                                                             |
+| **`initialData`**  | The initial data of the document. The live data will be merged in as changes are made.      |
+| **`depth`**        | The depth of the relationships to fetch. Defaults to `0`.                                   |
+
+With these functions, you can build your own hook using your front-end framework of choice:
+
+```tsx
+import { subscribe, unsubscribe } from '@payloadcms/live-preview'
+
+// To build your own hook, subscribe to Live Preview events using the `subscribe` function
+// It handles everything from:
+// 1. Listening to `window.postMessage` events
+// 2. Merging initial data with active form state
+// 3. Populating relationships and uploads
+// 4. Calling the `onChange` callback with the result
+// Your hook should also:
+// 1. Tell the Admin panel when it is ready to receive messages
+// 2. Handle the results of the `onChange` callback to update the UI
+// 3. Unsubscribe from the `window.postMessage` events when it unmounts
+```
+
+Here is an example of what the same `useLivePreview` React hook from above looks like under the hood:
+
+```tsx
+import { subscribe, unsubscribe, ready } from '@payloadcms/live-preview'
+import { useCallback, useEffect, useState, useRef } from 'react'
+
+export const useLivePreview = <T extends any>(props: {
+  depth?: number
+  initialData: T
+  serverURL: string
+}): {
+  data: T
+  isLoading: boolean
+} => {
+  const { depth = 0, initialData, serverURL } = props
+  const [data, setData] = useState<T>(initialData)
+  const [isLoading, setIsLoading] = useState<boolean>(true)
+  const hasSentReadyMessage = useRef<boolean>(false)
+
+  const onChange = useCallback((mergedData) => {
+    // When a change is made, the `onChange` callback will be called with the merged data
+    // Set this merged data into state so that React will re-render the UI
+    setData(mergedData)
+    setIsLoading(false)
+  }, [])
+
+  useEffect(() => {
+    // Listen for `window.postMessage` events from the Admin panel
+    // When a change is made, the `onChange` callback will be called with the merged data
+    const subscription = subscribe({
+      callback: onChange,
+      depth,
+      initialData,
+      serverURL,
+    })
+
+    // Once subscribed, send a `ready` message back up to the Admin panel
+    // This will indicate that the front-end is ready to receive messages
+    if (!hasSentReadyMessage.current) {
+      hasSentReadyMessage.current = true
+
+      ready({
+        serverURL,
+      })
+    }
+
+    // When the component unmounts, unsubscribe from the `window.postMessage` events
+    return () => {
+      unsubscribe(subscription)
+    }
+  }, [serverURL, onChange, depth, initialData])
+
+  return {
+    data,
+    isLoading,
+  }
+}
+```
+
+<Banner type="info">
+  When building your own hook, ensure that the args and return values are consistent with the ones
+  listed at the top of this document. This will ensure that all hooks follow the same API.
+</Banner>
+
+## Example
+
+For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/payload). There you will find examples of various front-end frameworks and how to integrate each one of them, including:
+
+- [Next.js App Router](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/next-app)
+- [Next.js Pages Router](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/next-pages)
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+#### Relationships and/or uploads are not populating
+
+If you are using relationships or uploads in your front-end application, and your front-end application runs on a different domain than your Payload server, you may need to configure [CORS](../configuration/overview) to allow requests to be made between the two domains. This includes sites that are running on a different port or subdomain. Similarly, if you are protecting resources behind user authentication, you may also need to configure [CSRF](../authentication/overview#csrf-protection) to allow cookies to be sent between the two domains. For example:
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  // If your site is running on a different domain than your Payload server,
+  // This will allows requests to be made between the two domains
+  cors: {
+    [
+      'http://localhost:3001' // Your front-end application
+    ],
+  },
+  // If you are protecting resources behind user authentication,
+  // This will allow cookies to be sent between the two domains
+  csrf: {
+    [
+      'http://localhost:3001' // Your front-end application
+    ],
+  },
+}
+```
+
+#### Relationships and/or uploads disappear after editing a document
+
+It is possible that either you are setting an improper [`depth`](../getting-started/concepts#depth) in your initial request and/or your `useLivePreview` hook, or they're mismatched. Ensure that the `depth` parameter is set to the correct value, and that it matches exactly in both places. For example:
+
+```tsx
+// Your initial request
+const { docs } = await payload.find({
+  collection: 'pages',
+  depth: 1, // Ensure this is set to the proper depth for your application
+  where: {
+    slug: {
+      equals: 'home',
+    },
+  },
+})
+```
+
+```tsx
+// Your hook
+const { data } = useLivePreview<PageType>({
+  initialData: initialPage,
+  serverURL: PAYLOAD_SERVER_URL,
+  depth: 1, // Ensure this matches the depth of your initial request
+})
+```

docs/live-preview/frontend.mdx

@@ -1,241 +1,16 @@
 ---
-title: Implementing Live Preview in your app
-label: Frontend Implementation
+title: Implementing Live Preview in your frontend
+label: Frontend
 order: 20
 desc: Learn how to implement Live Preview in your front-end application.
 keywords: live preview, frontend, react, next.js, vue, nuxt.js, svelte, hook, useLivePreview
 ---
 
-While using Live Preview, the Admin panel emits a new `window.postMessage` event every time a change is made to the document. Your front-end application can listen for these events and re-render accordingly.
+There are two ways to use Live Preview in your own application depending on whether your front-end framework supports server components:
 
-Wiring your front-end into Live Preview is easy. If your front-end application is built with React or Next.js, use the [`useLivePreview`](#react) React hook that Payload provides. In the future, all other major frameworks like Vue, Svelte, etc will be officially supported. If you are using any of these frameworks today, you can still integrate with Live Preview yourself using the underlying tooling that Payload provides. See [building your own hook](#building-your-own-hook) for more information.
-
-By default, all hooks accept the following args:
-
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`serverURL`** \*    | The URL of your Payload server.                                                                                                                                                             |
-| **`initialData`**     | The initial data of the document. The live data will be merged in as changes are made.                                                                                                      |
-| **`depth`**           | The depth of the relationships to fetch. Defaults to `0`.                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`apiRoute`**        | The path of your API route as defined in `routes.api`. Defaults to `/api`.                                                                                                                              |
-
-_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
-
-And return the following values:
-
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`data`**            | The live data of the document, merged with the initial data.                                                                                                                                |
-| **`isLoading`**       | A boolean that indicates whether or not the document is loading.                                                                                                                            |
+- [Server-side Live Preview (suggested)](./server)
+- [Client-side Live Preview](./client)
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  If your front-end is tightly coupled to required fields, you should ensure that your UI does not break when these fields are removed. For example, if you are rendering something like `data.relatedPosts[0].title`, your page will break once you remove the first related post. To get around this, use conditional logic, optional chaining, or default values in your UI where needed. For example, `data?.relatedPosts?.[0]?.title`.
+  We suggest using server-side Live Preview if your framework supports it, it is both simpler to setup and more performant to run than the client-side alternative.
 </Banner>
-
-### React
-
-If your front-end application is built with React or Next.js, you can use the `useLivePreview` hook that Payload provides.
-
-First, install the `@payloadcms/live-preview-react` package:
-
-```bash
-npm install @payloadcms/live-preview-react
-```
-
-Then, use the `useLivePreview` hook in your React component:
-
-```tsx
-'use client';
-import { useLivePreview } from '@payloadcms/live-preview-react';
-import { Page as PageType } from '@/payload-types'
-
-// Fetch the page in a server component, pass it to the client component, then thread it through the hook
-// The hook will take over from there and keep the preview in sync with the changes you make
-// The `data` property will contain the live data of the document
-export const PageClient: React.FC<{
-  page: {
-    title: string
-  }
-}> = ({ page: initialPage }) => {
-  const { data } = useLivePreview<PageType>({
-    initialData: initialPage,
-    serverURL: PAYLOAD_SERVER_URL,
-    depth: 2,
-  })
-
-  return (
-    <h1>{data.title}</h1>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="info">
-  If is important that the `depth` argument matches exactly with the depth of your initial page request. The depth property is used to populated relationships and uploads beyond their IDs. See [Depth](../getting-started/concepts#depth) for more information.
-</Banner>
-
-## Building your own hook
-
-No matter what front-end framework you are using, you can build your own hook using the same underlying tooling that Payload provides.
-
-First, install the base `@payloadcms/live-preview` package:
-
-```bash
-npm install @payloadcms/live-preview
-```
-
-This package provides the following functions:
-
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`subscribe`**       | Subscribes to the Admin panel's `window.postMessage` events and calls the provided callback function.                                                                                       |
-| **`unsubscribe`**     | Unsubscribes from the Admin panel's `window.postMessage` events.                                                                                                                            |
-| **`ready`**           | Sends a `window.postMessage` event to the Admin panel to indicate that the front-end is ready to receive messages.                                                                          |
-
-The `subscribe` function takes the following args:
-
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`callback`** \*     | A callback function that is called with `data` every time a change is made to the document.                                                                                                 |
-| **`serverURL`** \*    | The URL of your Payload server.                                                                                                                                                             |
-| **`initialData`**     | The initial data of the document. The live data will be merged in as changes are made.                                                                                                      |
-| **`depth`**           | The depth of the relationships to fetch. Defaults to `0`.                                                                                                                                   |
-
-With these functions, you can build your own hook using your front-end framework of choice:
-
-```tsx
-import { subscribe, unsubscribe } from '@payloadcms/live-preview';
-
-// To build your own hook, subscribe to Live Preview events using the`subscribe` function
-// It handles everything from:
-// 1. Listening to `window.postMessage` events
-// 2. Merging initial data with active form state
-// 3. Populating relationships and uploads
-// 4. Calling the `onChange` callback with the result
-// Your hook should also:
-// 1. Tell the Admin panel when it is ready to receive messages
-// 2. Handle the results of the `onChange` callback to update the UI
-// 3. Unsubscribe from the `window.postMessage` events when it unmounts
-```
-
-Here is an example of what the same `useLivePreview` React hook from above looks like under the hood:
-
-```tsx
-import { subscribe, unsubscribe, ready } from '@payloadcms/live-preview'
-import { useCallback, useEffect, useState, useRef } from 'react'
-
-export const useLivePreview = <T extends any>(props: {
-  depth?: number
-  initialData: T
-  serverURL: string
-}): {
-  data: T
-  isLoading: boolean
-} => {
-  const { depth = 0, initialData, serverURL } = props
-  const [data, setData] = useState<T>(initialData)
-  const [isLoading, setIsLoading] = useState<boolean>(true)
-  const hasSentReadyMessage = useRef<boolean>(false)
-
-  const onChange = useCallback((mergedData) => {
-    // When a change is made, the `onChange` callback will be called with the merged data
-    // Set this merged data into state so that React will re-render the UI
-    setData(mergedData)
-    setIsLoading(false)
-  }, [])
-
-  useEffect(() => {
-    // Listen for `window.postMessage` events from the Admin panel
-    // When a change is made, the `onChange` callback will be called with the merged data
-    const subscription = subscribe({
-      callback: onChange,
-      depth,
-      initialData,
-      serverURL,
-    })
-
-    // Once subscribed, send a `ready` message back up to the Admin panel
-    // This will indicate that the front-end is ready to receive messages
-    if (!hasSentReadyMessage.current) {
-      hasSentReadyMessage.current = true
-
-      ready({
-        serverURL
-      })
-    }
-
-    // When the component unmounts, unsubscribe from the `window.postMessage` events
-    return () => {
-      unsubscribe(subscription)
-    }
-  }, [serverURL, onChange, depth, initialData])
-
-  return {
-    data,
-    isLoading,
-  }
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="info">
-  When building your own hook, ensure that the args and return values are consistent with the ones listed at the top of this document. This will ensure that all hooks follow the same API.
-</Banner>
-
-## Example
-
-For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/payload). There you will find examples of various front-end frameworks and how to integrate each one of them, including:
-
-- [Next.js App Router](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/next-app)
-- [Next.js Pages Router](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/next-pages)
-
-## Troubleshooting
-
-#### Relationships and/or uploads are not populating
-
-If you are using relationships or uploads in your front-end application, and your front-end application runs on a different domain than your Payload server, you may need to configure [CORS](../configuration/overview) to allow requests to be made between the two domains. This includes sites that are running on a different port or subdomain. Similarly, if you are protecting resources behind user authentication, you may also need to configure [CSRF](../authentication/overview#csrf-protection) to allow cookies to be sent between the two domains. For example:
-
-```ts
-// payload.config.ts
-{
-  // ...
-  // If your site is running on a different domain than your Payload server,
-  // This will allows requests to be made between the two domains
-  cors: {
-    [
-      'http://localhost:3001' // Your front-end application
-    ],
-  },
-  // If you are protecting resources behind user authentication,
-  // This will allow cookies to be sent between the two domains
-  csrf: {
-    [
-      'http://localhost:3001' // Your front-end application
-    ],
-  },
-}
-```
-
-#### Relationships and/or uploads disappear after editing a document
-
-It is possible that either you are setting an improper [`depth`](../getting-started/concepts#depth) in your initial request and/or your `useLivePreview` hook, or they're mismatched. Ensure that the `depth` parameter is set to the correct value, and that it matches exactly in both places. For example:
-
-```tsx
-// Your initial request
-const { docs } = await payload.find({
-  collection: 'pages',
-  depth: 1, // Ensure this is set to the proper depth for your application
-  where: {
-    slug: {
-      equals: 'home',
-    }
-  }
-})
-```
-
-```tsx
-// Your hook
-const { data } = useLivePreview<PageType>({
-  initialData: initialPage,
-  serverURL: PAYLOAD_SERVER_URL,
-  depth: 1, // Ensure this matches the depth of your initial request
-})
-```

docs/live-preview/overview.mdx

@@ -8,24 +8,28 @@ keywords: live preview, preview, live, iframe, iframe preview, visual editing, d
 
 **With Live Preview you can render your front-end application directly within the Admin panel. As you type, your changes take effect in real-time. No need to save a draft or publish your changes.**
 
-Live Preview works by rendering an iframe on the page that loads your front-end application. The Admin panel communicates with your app through [`window.postMessage`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Window/postMessage) events. These events are emitted every time a change is made to the document. Your app then listens for these events and re-renders itself with the data it receives.
+Live Preview works by rendering an iframe on the page that loads your front-end application. The Admin panel communicates with your app through [`window.postMessage`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Window/postMessage) events. These events are emitted every time a change is made to the document. Your app then listens for these events and re-renders itself with the data it receives. Live Preview works in both server-side as well as client-side environments. See [Front-End](./frontend) for more details.
 
 {/* IMAGE OF LIVE PREVIEW HERE */}
 
 <Banner type="warning">
-  Live Preview is currently in beta. You may use this feature in production, but please be aware that it is subject to change and may not be fully stable for all use cases. If you encounter any issues, please [report them](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=jacobsfletch&labels=possible-bug&projects=&title=Live%20Preview&template=1.bug_report.yml) with as much detail as possible.
+  Live Preview is currently in beta. You may use this feature in production, but please be aware
+  that it is subject to change and may not be fully stable for all use cases. If you encounter any
+  issues, please [report
+  them](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=jacobsfletch&labels=possible-bug&projects=&title=Live%20Preview&template=1.bug_report.yml)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ## Setup
 
 Setting up Live Preview is easy. You first need to enable it through the `admin.livePreview` property of your Payload config. It takes the following options:
 
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`url`** \*          | String, or function that returns a string, pointing to your front-end application. This value is used as the iframe `src`. [More details](#url).                                              |
-| **`breakpoints`**     | Array of breakpoints to be used as “device sizes” in the preview window. Each item appears as an option in the toolbar. [More details](#breakpoints).                                         |
-| **`collections`**     | Array of collection slugs to enable Live Preview on.                                                                                                                                          |
-| **`globals`**         | Array of global slugs to enable Live Preview on.                                                                                                                                              |
+| Path              | Description                                                                                                                                           |
+| ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`url`** \*      | String, or function that returns a string, pointing to your front-end application. This value is used as the iframe `src`. [More details](#url).      |
+| **`breakpoints`** | Array of breakpoints to be used as “device sizes” in the preview window. Each item appears as an option in the toolbar. [More details](#breakpoints). |
+| **`collections`** | Array of collection slugs to enable Live Preview on.                                                                                                  |
+| **`globals`**     | Array of global slugs to enable Live Preview on.                                                                                                      |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -68,11 +72,11 @@ The `url` property is a string that points to your front-end application. This v
 
 You can also pass a function in order to dynamically format URLs. This function is called with the following arguments:
 
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`data`**            | The data of the document being edited. This includes changes that have not yet been saved.                                                                                                  |
-| **`documentInfo`**    | Information about the document being edited like collection slug. [More details](../admin/hooks#usedocumentinfo).                                                                           |
-| **`locale`**          | The locale currently being edited (if applicable). [More details](../configuration/localization).                                                                         |
+| Path               | Description                                                                                                       |
+| ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`data`**         | The data of the document being edited. This includes changes that have not yet been saved.                        |
+| **`documentInfo`** | Information about the document being edited like collection slug. [More details](../admin/hooks#usedocumentinfo). |
+| **`locale`**       | The locale currently being edited (if applicable). [More details](../configuration/localization).                 |
 
 Here is an example of using a function that returns a dynamic URL:
 
@@ -100,12 +104,12 @@ Here is an example of using a function that returns a dynamic URL:
 
 The breakpoints property is an array of objects which are used as “device sizes” in the preview window. Each item will render as an option in the toolbar. When selected, the preview window will resize to the exact dimensions specified in that breakpoint. Each breakpoint takes the following properties:
 
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`label`** \*        | The label to display in the drop-down. This is what the user will see.                                                                                                                      |
-| **`name`** \*         | The name of the breakpoint.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`width`** \*        | The width of the breakpoint. This is used to set the width of the iframe.                                                                                                                   |
-| **`height`** \*       | The height of the breakpoint. This is used to set the height of the iframe.                                                                                                                 |
+| Path            | Description                                                                 |
+| --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`label`** \*  | The label to display in the drop-down. This is what the user will see.      |
+| **`name`** \*   | The name of the breakpoint.                                                 |
+| **`width`** \*  | The width of the breakpoint. This is used to set the width of the iframe.   |
+| **`height`** \* | The height of the breakpoint. This is used to set the height of the iframe. |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 

docs/live-preview/server.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+---
+title: Server-side Live Preview
+label: Server-side
+order: 30
+desc: Learn how to implement Live Preview in your server-side front-end application.
+keywords: live preview, frontend, react, next.js, vue, nuxt.js, svelte, hook, useLivePreview
+---
+
+<Banner type="info">
+  Server-side Live Preview is only for front-end frameworks that support the concept of Server Components, i.e. [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components). If your front-end application is built with a client-side framework like the [Next.js Pages Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/pages), [React Router](https://reactrouter.com), [Vue 3](https://vuejs.org), etc., see [client-side Live Preview](./client).
+</Banner>
+
+Server-side Live Preview works by making a roundtrip to the server every time your document is saved, i.e. draft save, autosave, or publish. While using Live Preview, the Admin panel emits a new `window.postMessage` event which your front-end application can use to invoke this process. In Next.js, this means simply calling `router.refresh()` which will hydrate the HTML using new data straight from the [Local API](../local-api/overview).
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  It is recommended that you enable [Autosave](../versions/autosave) alongside Live Preview to make the experience feel more responsive.
+</Banner>
+
+If your front-end application is built with [React](#react), you can use the `RefreshRouteOnChange` function that Payload provides. In the future, all other major frameworks like Vue and Svelte will be officially supported. If you are using any of these frameworks today, you can still integrate with Live Preview yourself using the underlying tooling that Payload provides. See [building your own router refresh component](#building-your-own-router-refresh-component) for more information.
+
+### React
+
+If your front-end application is built with [React](https://react.dev) or [Next.js](https://nextjs.org), you can use the `RefreshRouteOnSave` component that Payload provides.
+
+First, install the `@payloadcms/live-preview-react` package:
+
+```bash
+npm install @payloadcms/live-preview-react
+```
+
+Then, render `RefreshRouteOnSave` anywhere in your `page.tsx`. Here's an example:
+
+`page.tsx`:
+
+```tsx
+import { RefreshRouteOnSave } from './RefreshRouteOnSave.tsx'
+import { getPayloadHMR } from '@payloadcms/next'
+import config from '../payload.config'
+
+export default async function Page() {
+  const payload = await getPayloadHMR({ config })
+
+  const page = await payload.find({
+    collection: 'pages',
+    draft: true
+  })
+
+  return (
+    <Fragment>
+      <RefreshRouteOnSave />
+      <h1>{page.title}</h1>
+    </Fragment>
+  )
+}
+```
+
+`RefreshRouteOnSave.tsx`:
+
+```tsx
+'use client'
+import { RefreshRouteOnSave as PayloadLivePreview } from '@payloadcms/live-preview-react'
+import { useRouter } from 'next/navigation.js'
+import React from 'react'
+
+export const RefreshRouteOnSave: React.FC = () => {
+  const router = useRouter()
+  return <PayloadLivePreview refresh={router.refresh} serverURL={process.env.PAYLOAD_SERVER_URL} />
+}
+```
+
+## Building your own router refresh component
+
+No matter what front-end framework you are using, you can build your own component using the same underlying tooling that Payload provides.
+
+First, install the base `@payloadcms/live-preview` package:
+
+```bash
+npm install @payloadcms/live-preview
+```
+
+This package provides the following functions:
+
+| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                |
+| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| **`ready`**           | Sends a `window.postMessage` event to the Admin panel to indicate that the front-end is ready to receive messages.                         |
+| **`isDocumentEvent`** | Checks if a `MessageEvent` originates from the Admin panel and is a document-level event, i.e. draft save, autosave, publish, etc.         |
+
+With these functions, you can build your own hook using your front-end framework of choice:
+
+```tsx
+import { ready, isDocumentEvent } from '@payloadcms/live-preview'
+
+// To build your own component:
+// 1. Listen for document-level `window.postMessage` events sent from the Admin panel
+// 2. Tell the Admin panel when it is ready to receive messages
+// 3. Refresh the route every time a new document-level event is received
+// 4. Unsubscribe from the `window.postMessage` events when it unmounts
+```
+
+Here is an example of what the same `RefreshRouteOnSave` React component from above looks like under the hood:
+
+```tsx
+'use client'
+
+import type React from 'react'
+
+import { isDocumentEvent, ready } from '@payloadcms/live-preview'
+import { useCallback, useEffect, useRef } from 'react'
+
+export const RefreshRouteOnSave: React.FC<{
+  apiRoute?: string
+  depth?: number
+  refresh: () => void
+  serverURL: string
+}> = (props) => {
+  const { apiRoute, depth, refresh, serverURL } = props
+  const hasSentReadyMessage = useRef<boolean>(false)
+
+  const onMessage = useCallback(
+    (event: MessageEvent) => {
+      if (isDocumentEvent(event, serverURL)) {
+        if (typeof refresh === 'function') {
+          refresh()
+        }
+      }
+    },
+    [refresh, serverURL],
+  )
+
+  useEffect(() => {
+    if (typeof window !== 'undefined') {
+      window.addEventListener('message', onMessage)
+    }
+
+    if (!hasSentReadyMessage.current) {
+      hasSentReadyMessage.current = true
+
+      ready({
+        serverURL,
+      })
+    }
+
+    return () => {
+      if (typeof window !== 'undefined') {
+        window.removeEventListener('message', onMessage)
+      }
+    }
+  }, [serverURL, onMessage, depth, apiRoute])
+
+  return null
+}
+```
+
+## Example
+
+{/* TODO: add example once beta has been release and an example can be created */}
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+#### Updates do not appear as fast as client-side Live Preview
+
+If you are noticing that updates feel less snappy than client-side Live Preview (i.e. the `useLivePreview` hook), this is because of how the two differ in how they work—instead of emitting events against form state as you type, server-side Live Preview refreshes the route after a new document is saved. You can use autosave to mimic this effect. Try decreasing the value of `versions.autoSave.interval` to make the experience feel more responsive:
+
+```ts
+// collection.ts
+{
+   versions: {
+    drafts: {
+      autosave: {
+        interval: 375,
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+```

docs/local-api/overview.mdx

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ You can specify more options within the Local API vs. REST or GraphQL due to the
 executed in.
 
 | Local Option       | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | `collection`       | Required for Collection operations. Specifies the Collection slug to operate against.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
 | `data`             | The data to use within the operation. Required for `create`, `update`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
 | `depth`            | [Control auto-population](/docs/getting-started/concepts#depth) of nested relationship and upload fields.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
@@ -164,6 +164,22 @@ const result = await payload.findByID({
 })
 ```
 
+#### Count
+
+```js
+// Result will be an object with:
+// {
+//   totalDocs: 10, // count of the documents satisfies query
+// }
+const result = await payload.count({
+  collection: 'posts', // required
+  locale: 'en',
+  where: {}, // pass a `where` query here
+  user: dummyUser,
+  overrideAccess: false,
+})
+```
+
 #### Update by ID
 
 ```js
@@ -357,7 +373,7 @@ const result = await payload.unlock({
 
 ```js
 // Returned result will be a boolean representing success or failure
-const result = await payload.verify({
+const result = await payload.verifyEmail({
   collection: 'users', // required
   token: 'afh3o2jf2p3f...', // the token saved on the user as `_verificationToken`
 })

docs/plugins/build-your-own.mdx

@@ -9,14 +9,16 @@ keywords: plugins, template, config, configuration, extensions, custom, document
 Building your own plugin is easy, and if you're already familiar with Payload then you'll have everything you need to get started. You can either start from scratch or use the Payload plugin template to get up and running quickly.
 
 <Banner type="success">
-  To use the template, run `npx create-payload-app@latest -t plugin -n my-new-plugin` directly in your terminal or [clone the template directly from GitHub](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload-plugin-template).
+  To use the template, run `npx create-payload-app@latest -t plugin -n my-new-plugin` directly in
+  your terminal or [clone the template directly from
+  GitHub](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload-plugin-template).
 </Banner>
 
 Our plugin template includes everything you need to build a full life-cycle plugin:
 
-* Example files and functions for extending the payload config
-* A local dev environment to develop the plugin
-* Test suite with integrated GitHub workflow
+- Example files and functions for extending the payload config
+- A local dev environment to develop the plugin
+- Test suite with integrated GitHub workflow
 
 By abstracting your code into a plugin, you&apos;ll be able to reuse your feature across multiple projects and make it available for other developers to use.
 
@@ -24,7 +26,6 @@ By abstracting your code into a plugin, you&apos;ll be able to reuse your featur
 
 Here is a brief recap of how to integrate plugins with Payload, to learn more head back to the [plugin overview page](https://payloadcms.com/docs/plugins/overview).
 
-
 #### How to install a plugin
 
 To install any plugin, simply add it to your Payload config in the plugins array.
@@ -44,7 +45,6 @@ const config = buildConfig({
 export default config;
 ```
 
-
 #### Initialization
 
 The initialization process goes in the following order:
@@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ The initialization process goes in the following order:
 4. Sanitization cleans and validates data
 5. Final config gets initialized
 
-
 ### Plugin Template
 
 In the [Payload plugin template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload-plugin-template), you will see a common file structure that is used across plugins:
@@ -64,14 +63,12 @@ In the [Payload plugin template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload-plugin-te
 2. /src folder - everything related to the plugin
 3. /dev folder - sanitized test project for development
 
-
 #### Root
 
 In the root folder, you will see various files related to the configuration of the plugin. We set up our environment in a similar manner in Payload core and across other projects. The only two files you need to modify are:
 
-* **README**.md - This contains instructions on how to use the template. When you are ready, update this to contain instructions on how to use your Plugin.
-* **package**.json - Contains necessary scripts and dependencies. Overwrite the metadata in this file to describe your Plugin.
-
+- **README**.md - This contains instructions on how to use the template. When you are ready, update this to contain instructions on how to use your Plugin.
+- **package**.json - Contains necessary scripts and dependencies. Overwrite the metadata in this file to describe your Plugin.
 
 #### Dev
 
@@ -104,7 +101,6 @@ When you&apos;re ready to start development, navigate into this folder with `cd
 
 And then start the project with `yarn dev` and pull up `http://localhost:3000` in your browser.
 
-
 ### Testing
 
 Another benefit of the dev folder is that you have the perfect environment established for testing.
@@ -133,7 +129,6 @@ describe('Plugin tests', () => {
 })
 ```
 
-
 ### Seeding data
 
 For development and testing, you will likely need some data to work with. You can streamline this process by seeding and dropping your database - instead of manually entering data.
@@ -164,17 +159,14 @@ export const seed = async (payload: Payload): Promise<void> => {
 
 ```
 
-
 #### Src
 
 Now that we have our environment setup and dev project ready to go - it&apos;s time to build the plugin!
 
-
 **index.ts**
 
 First up, the `src/index.ts` file - this is where the plugin should be imported from. It is best practice not to build the plugin directly in this file, instead we use this to export the plugin and types from their respective files.
 
-
 **Plugin.ts**
 
 To reiterate, the essence of a payload plugin is simply to extend the Payload config - and that is exactly what we are doing in this file.
@@ -196,7 +188,6 @@ export const samplePlugin =
 3. From here, you can extend the config however you like!
 4. Finally, return the config and you&apos;re all set.
 
-
 ### Spread Syntax
 
 [Spread syntax](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Spread_syntax) (or the spread operator) is a feature in JavaScript that uses the dot notation **(...)** to spread elements from arrays, strings, or objects into various contexts.
@@ -244,7 +235,6 @@ If you wish to add to the `onInit`, you must include the async/await. We don&apo
 
 In the template, we have stubbed out a basic `onInitExtension` file that you can use, if not needed feel free to delete it.
 
-
 ### Webpack
 
 If any of your files use server only packages such as fs, stripe, nodemailer, etc, they will need to be removed from the browser bundle. To do that, you can [alias the file imports with webpack](https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/webpack#aliasing-server-only-modules).
@@ -283,12 +273,21 @@ If possible, include [JSDoc comments](https://www.typescriptlang.org/docs/handbo
 In addition to the setup covered above, here are other best practices to follow:
 
 ##### Providing an enable / disable option:
+
 For a better user experience, provide a way to disable the plugin without uninstalling it. This is especially important if your plugin adds additional webpack aliases, this will allow you to still let the webpack run to prevent errors.
+
 ##### Include tests in your GitHub CI workflow:
+
 If you&apos;ve configured tests for your package, integrate them into your workflow to run the tests each time you commit to the plugin repository. Learn more about [how to configure tests into your GitHub CI workflow.](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/automating-builds-and-tests/building-and-testing-nodejs)
+
 ##### Publish your finished plugin to NPM:
+
 The best way to share and allow others to use your plugin once it is complete is to publish an NPM package. This process is straightforward and well documented, find out more about [creating and publishing a NPM package here](https://docs.npmjs.com/creating-and-publishing-scoped-public-packages/).
+
 ##### Add payload-plugin topic tag:
+
 Apply the tag **payload-plugin** to your GitHub repository. This will boost the visibility of your plugin and ensure it gets listed with [existing payload plugins](https://github.com/topics/payload-plugin).
-##### Use [Semantic Versioning](https://semver.org/) (SemVar):
-With the SemVar system you release version numbers that reflect the nature of changes (major, minor, patch). Ensure all major versions reference their Payload compatibility.
+
+##### Use [Semantic Versioning](https://semver.org/) (SemVer):
+
+With the SemVer system you release version numbers that reflect the nature of changes (major, minor, patch). Ensure all major versions reference their Payload compatibility.

docs/plugins/form-builder.mdx

@@ -15,7 +15,12 @@ All form submissions are stored directly in your database and are managed direct
 Forms can be as simple or complex as you need, from a basic contact form, to a multi-step lead generation engine, or even a donation form that processes payment. You may not need to reach for third-party services like HubSpot or Mailchimp for this, but instead use your own first-party tooling, built directly into your own application.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-form-builder). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20form-builder&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-form-builder%3A) with as much detail as possible.
+  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
+  here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-form-builder). If you need
+  help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've
+  found a bug, please [open a new
+  issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20form-builder&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-form-builder%3A)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### Core Features
@@ -52,7 +57,7 @@ const config = buildConfig({
   plugins: [
     formBuilder({
       // see below for a list of available options
-    })
+    }),
   ],
 })
 
@@ -79,8 +84,8 @@ formBuilder({
     checkbox: true,
     number: true,
     message: true,
-    payment: false
-  }
+    payment: false,
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -92,7 +97,7 @@ The `redirectRelationships` property is an array of collection slugs that, when
 // payload.config.ts
 formBuilder({
   // ...
-  redirectRelationships: ['pages']
+  redirectRelationships: ['pages'],
 })
 ```
 
@@ -110,7 +115,7 @@ formBuilder({
       ...email,
       html: email.html, // transform the html in any way you'd like (maybe wrap it in an html template?)
     }))
-  }
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -123,18 +128,18 @@ Override anything on the `forms` collection by sending a [Payload Collection Con
 formBuilder({
   // ...
   formOverrides: {
-    slug: "contact-forms",
+    slug: 'contact-forms',
     access: {
       read: () => true,
       update: () => false,
     },
     fields: [
       {
-        name: "custom-field",
-        type: "text"
-      }
-    ]
-  }
+        name: 'custom-field',
+        type: 'text',
+      },
+    ],
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -143,7 +148,12 @@ formBuilder({
 Override anything on the `form-submissions` collection by sending a [Payload Collection Config](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/collections) to the `formSubmissionOverrides` property.
 
 <Banner type="warning">
-  By default, this plugin relies on [Payload access control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/collections) to restrict the `update` and `read` operations on the `form-submissions` collection. This is because _anyone_ should be able to create a form submission, even from a public-facing website, but _no one_ should be able to update a submission one it has been created, or read a submission unless they have permission. You can override this behavior or any other property as needed.
+  By default, this plugin relies on [Payload access
+  control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/collections) to restrict the `update` and
+  `read` operations on the `form-submissions` collection. This is because _anyone_ should be able to
+  create a form submission, even from a public-facing website, but _no one_ should be able to update
+  a submission one it has been created, or read a submission unless they have permission. You can
+  override this behavior or any other property as needed.
 </Banner>
 
 ```ts
@@ -151,8 +161,8 @@ Override anything on the `form-submissions` collection by sending a [Payload Col
 formBuilder({
   // ...
   formSubmissionOverrides: {
-    slug: "leads",
-  }
+    slug: 'leads',
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -164,7 +174,7 @@ First import the utility function. This will execute all of the price conditions
 
 ```ts
 // payload.config.ts
-import { getPaymentTotal } from '@payloadcms/plugin-form-builder';
+import { getPaymentTotal } from '@payloadcms/plugin-form-builder'
 ```
 
 Then in your plugin's config:
@@ -175,14 +185,14 @@ formBuilder({
   // ...
   handlePayment: async ({ form, submissionData }) => {
     // first calculate the price
-    const paymentField =  form.fields?.find((field) => field.blockType === 'payment');
+    const paymentField = form.fields?.find((field) => field.blockType === 'payment')
     const price = getPaymentTotal({
       basePrice: paymentField.basePrice,
       priceConditions: paymentField.priceConditions,
       fieldValues: submissionData,
-    });
+    })
     // then asynchronously process the payment here
-  }
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -192,139 +202,140 @@ Each field represents a form input. To override default settings pass either a b
 
 <Banner type="info">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
-  "Fields" here is in reference to the _fields to build forms with_, not to be confused with the _fields of a collection_ which are set via `formOverrides.fields`.
+  "Fields" here is in reference to the _fields to build forms with_, not to be confused with the _fields
+  of a collection_ which are set via `formOverrides.fields`.
 </Banner>
 
 #### Text
 
 Maps to a `text` input in your front-end. Used to collect a simple string.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
 
 #### Textarea
 
 Maps to a `textarea` input on your front-end. Used to collect a multi-line string.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
 
 #### Select
 
 Maps to a `select` input on your front-end. Used to display a list of options.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
-| `options` | array | An array of objects with `label` and `value` properties. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                              |
+| -------------- | -------- | -------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                                   |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                                  |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                          |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.                 |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted.     |
+| `options`      | array    | An array of objects with `label` and `value` properties. |
 
 #### Email (field)
 
 Maps to a `text` input with type `email` on your front-end. Used to collect an email address.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
 
 #### State
 
 Maps to a `select` input on your front-end. Used to collect a US state.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
 
 #### Country
 
 Maps to a `select` input on your front-end. Used to collect a country.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
 
 #### Checkbox
 
 Maps to a `checkbox` input on your front-end. Used to collect a boolean value.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | checkbox | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | checkbox | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
 
 #### Number
 
 Maps to a `number` input on your front-end. Used to collect a number.
 
-| Property | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | string | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. || `defaultValue` | number | The default value of the field. |
+| Property       | Type     | Description                                          |
+| -------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | --- | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------- |
+| `name`         | string   | The name of the field.                               |
+| `label`        | string   | The label of the field.                              |
+| `defaultValue` | string   | The default value of the field.                      |
+| `width`        | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.             |
+| `required`     | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |     | `defaultValue` | number | The default value of the field. |
 
 #### Message
 
 Maps to a `RichText` component on your front-end. Used to display an arbitrary message to the user anywhere in the form.
 
-| property | type | description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
+| property  | type     | description                         |
+| --------- | -------- | ----------------------------------- |
 | `message` | richText | The message to display on the form. |
 
 #### Payment
 
 Add this field to your form if it should collect payment. Upon submission, the `handlePayment` callback is executed with the form and submission data. You can use this to integrate with any third-party payment processing API.
 
-| property | type | description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `name` | string | The name of the field. |
-| `label` | string | The label of the field. |
-| `defaultValue` | number | The default value of the field. |
-| `width` | string | The width of the field on the front-end. |
-| `required` | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted. |
-| `priceConditions` | array | An array of objects that define the price conditions. See below for more details. |
+| property          | type     | description                                                                       |
+| ----------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `name`            | string   | The name of the field.                                                            |
+| `label`           | string   | The label of the field.                                                           |
+| `defaultValue`    | number   | The default value of the field.                                                   |
+| `width`           | string   | The width of the field on the front-end.                                          |
+| `required`        | checkbox | Whether or not the field is required when submitted.                              |
+| `priceConditions` | array    | An array of objects that define the price conditions. See below for more details. |
 
 ##### Price Conditions
 
 Each of the `priceConditions` are executed by the `getPaymentTotal` utility that this plugin provides. You can call this function in your `handlePayment` callback to dynamically calculate the total price of a form upon submission based on the user's input. For example, you could create a price condition that says "if the user selects 'yes' for this checkbox, add $10 to the total price".
 
-| property | type | description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `fieldToUse` | relationship | The field to use to determine the price. |
-| `condition` | string | The condition to use to determine the price. |
-| `valueForOperator` | string | The value to use for the operator. |
-| `operator` | string | The operator to use to determine the price. |
-| `valueType` | string | The type of value to use to determine the price. |
-| `value` | string | The value to use to determine the price. |
+| property           | type         | description                                      |
+| ------------------ | ------------ | ------------------------------------------------ |
+| `fieldToUse`       | relationship | The field to use to determine the price.         |
+| `condition`        | string       | The condition to use to determine the price.     |
+| `valueForOperator` | string       | The value to use for the operator.               |
+| `operator`         | string       | The operator to use to determine the price.      |
+| `valueType`        | string       | The type of value to use to determine the price. |
+| `value`            | string       | The value to use to determine the price.         |
 
 #### Field Overrides
 
@@ -344,11 +355,11 @@ formBuilder({
     text: {
       ...fields.text,
       labels: {
-        singular: "Custom Text Field",
-        plural: "Custom Text Fields",
-      }
-    }
-  }
+        singular: 'Custom Text Field',
+        plural: 'Custom Text Fields',
+      },
+    },
+  },
 })
 ```
 
@@ -388,6 +399,7 @@ Below are some common troubleshooting tips. To help other developers, please con
 ## Screenshots
 
 ![screenshot 1](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-form-builder/blob/main/images/screenshot-1.jpg?raw=true)
+
 <br />
 ![screenshot 2](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-form-builder/blob/main/images/screenshot-2.jpg?raw=true)
 <br />

docs/plugins/nested-docs.mdx

@@ -8,14 +8,29 @@ keywords: plugins, nested, documents, parent, child, sibling, relationship
 
 [![NPM](https://img.shields.io/npm/v/@payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs)](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs)
 
-This plugin allows you to easily nest the documents of your application inside of one another. It does so by adding a new `parent` field onto each of your documents that, when selected, attaches itself to the parent's tree. When you edit the great-great-grandparent of a document, for instance, all of its descendants are recursively updated. This is an extremely powerful way of achieving hierarchy within a collection, such as parent/child relationship between pages.
+This plugin allows you to easily nest the documents of your application inside of one another. It does so by adding a
+new `parent` field onto each of your documents that, when selected, attaches itself to the parent's tree. When you edit
+the great-great-grandparent of a document, for instance, all of its descendants are recursively updated. This is an
+extremely powerful way of achieving hierarchy within a collection, such as parent/child relationship between pages.
 
-Documents also receive a new `breadcrumbs` field. Once a parent is assigned, these breadcrumbs are populated based on each ancestor up the tree. Breadcrumbs allow you to dynamically generate labels and URLs based on the document's position in the hierarchy. Even if the slug of a parent document changes, or the entire tree is nested another level deep, changes will cascade down the entire tree and all breadcrumbs will reflect those changes.
+Documents also receive a new `breadcrumbs` field. Once a parent is assigned, these breadcrumbs are populated based on
+each ancestor up the tree. Breadcrumbs allow you to dynamically generate labels and URLs based on the document's
+position in the hierarchy. Even if the slug of a parent document changes, or the entire tree is nested another level
+deep, changes will cascade down the entire tree and all breadcrumbs will reflect those changes.
 
-With this pattern you can perform whatever side-effects your applications needs on even the most deeply nested documents. For example, you could easily add a custom `fullTitle` field onto each document and inject the parent's title onto it, such as "Parent Title > Child Title". This would allow you to then perform searches and filters based on _that_ field instead of the original title. This is especially useful if you happen to have two documents with identical titles but different parents.
+With this pattern you can perform whatever side-effects your applications needs on even the most deeply nested
+documents. For example, you could easily add a custom `fullTitle` field onto each document and inject the parent's title
+onto it, such as "Parent Title > Child Title". This would allow you to then perform searches and filters based on _that_
+field instead of the original title. This is especially useful if you happen to have two documents with identical titles
+but different parents.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-nested-docs). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20nested-docs&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-nested-docs%3A) with as much detail as possible.
+  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
+  here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-nested-docs). If you need
+  help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've
+  found a bug, please [open a new
+  issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20nested-docs&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-nested-docs%3A)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### Core features
@@ -29,7 +44,8 @@ With this pattern you can perform whatever side-effects your applications needs
 
 ## Installation
 
-Install the plugin using any JavaScript package manager like [Yarn](https://yarnpkg.com), [NPM](https://npmjs.com), or [PNPM](https://pnpm.io):
+Install the plugin using any JavaScript package manager like [Yarn](https://yarnpkg.com), [NPM](https://npmjs.com),
+or [PNPM](https://pnpm.io):
 
 ```bash
   yarn add @payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs
@@ -37,7 +53,8 @@ Install the plugin using any JavaScript package manager like [Yarn](https://yarn
 
 ## Basic Usage
 
-In the `plugins` array of your [Payload config](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/overview), call the plugin with [options](#options):
+In the `plugins` array of your [Payload config](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/overview), call the plugin
+with [options](#options):
 
 ```ts
 import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
@@ -75,16 +92,18 @@ export default config
 
 #### Parent
 
-The `parent` relationship field is automatically added to every document which allows editors to choose another document from the same collection to act as the direct parent.
+The `parent` relationship field is automatically added to every document which allows editors to choose another document
+from the same collection to act as the direct parent.
 
 #### Breadcrumbs
 
-The `breadcrumbs` field is an array which dynamically populates all parent relationships of a document up to the top level and stores the following fields.
+The `breadcrumbs` field is an array which dynamically populates all parent relationships of a document up to the top
+level and stores the following fields.
 
-| Field     | Description                                                                 |
-| ------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `label` | The label of the breadcrumb. This field is automatically set to either the `collection.admin.useAsTitle` (if defined) or is set to the `ID` of the document. You can also dynamically define the `label` by passing a function to the options property of [`generateLabel`](#generateLabel).                                 |
-| `url`  | The URL of the breadcrumb. By default, this field is undefined. You can manually define this field by passing a property called function to the plugin options property of [`generateURL`](#generateURL).                                            |
+| Field   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `label` | The label of the breadcrumb. This field is automatically set to either the `collection.admin.useAsTitle` (if defined) or is set to the `ID` of the document. You can also dynamically define the `label` by passing a function to the options property of [`generateLabel`](#generateLabel). |
+| `url`   | The URL of the breadcrumb. By default, this field is undefined. You can manually define this field by passing a property called function to the plugin options property of [`generateURL`](#generateURL).                                                                                    |
 
 ### Options
 
@@ -94,7 +113,8 @@ An array of collections slugs to enable nested docs.
 
 #### `generateLabel`
 
-Each `breadcrumb` has a required `label` field. By default, its value will be set to the collection's `admin.useAsTitle` or fallback the the `ID` of the document.
+Each `breadcrumb` has a required `label` field. By default, its value will be set to the collection's `admin.useAsTitle`
+or fallback the the `ID` of the document.
 
 You can also pass a function to dynamically set the `label` of your breadcrumb.
 
@@ -102,20 +122,22 @@ You can also pass a function to dynamically set the `label` of your breadcrumb.
 // payload.config.ts
 nestedDocs({
   //...
-  generateLabel: (_, doc) => doc.title // NOTE: 'title' is a hypothetical field
+  generateLabel: (_, doc) => doc.title, // NOTE: 'title' is a hypothetical field
 })
 ```
 
 The function takes two arguments and returns a string:
 
-| Argument     | Type     | Description                                                                 |
-| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `docs` | `Array`  | An array of the breadcrumbs up to that point                                 |
-| `doc`  | `Object` | The current document being edited                                            |
+| Argument | Type     | Description                                  |
+| -------- | -------- | -------------------------------------------- |
+| `docs`   | `Array`  | An array of the breadcrumbs up to that point |
+| `doc`    | `Object` | The current document being edited            |
 
 #### `generateURL`
 
-A function that allows you to dynamically generate each breadcrumb `url`. Each `breadcrumb` has an optional `url` field which is undefined by default. For example, you might want to format a full URL to contain all of the breadcrumbs up to that point, like `/about-us/company/our-team`.
+A function that allows you to dynamically generate each breadcrumb `url`. Each `breadcrumb` has an optional `url` field
+which is undefined by default. For example, you might want to format a full URL to contain all breadcrumbs up to
+that point, like `/about-us/company/our-team`.
 
 ```ts
 // payload.config.ts
@@ -125,71 +147,86 @@ nestedDocs({
 })
 ```
 
-| Argument     | Type     | Description                                                                 |
-| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `docs` | `Array`  | An array of the breadcrumbs up to that point                                 |
-| `doc`  | `Object` | The current document being edited                                            |
+| Argument | Type     | Description                                  |
+| -------- | -------- | -------------------------------------------- |
+| `docs`   | `Array`  | An array of the breadcrumbs up to that point |
+| `doc`    | `Object` | The current document being edited            |
 
 #### `parentFieldSlug`
 
-When defined, the `parent` field will not be provided for you automatically, and instead, expects you to add your own `parent` field to each collection manually. This gives you complete control over where you put the field in your admin dashboard, etc. Set this property to the `name` of your custom field.
+When defined, the `parent` field will not be provided for you automatically, and instead, expects you to add your
+own `parent` field to each collection manually. This gives you complete control over where you put the field in your
+admin dashboard, etc. Set this property to the `name` of your custom field.
 
 #### `breadcrumbsFieldSlug`
 
-When defined, the `breadcrumbs` field will not be provided for you, and instead, expects your to add your own `breadcrumbs` field to each collection manually. Set this property to the `name` of your custom field.
+When defined, the `breadcrumbs` field will not be provided for you, and instead, expects you to add your
+own `breadcrumbs` field to each collection manually. Set this property to the `name` of your custom field.
 
 <Banner type="info">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  If you opt out of automatically being provided a `parent` or `breadcrumbs` field, you need to make sure that both fields are placed at the top-level of your document. They cannot exist within any nested data structures like a `group`, `array`, or `blocks`.
+  If you opt out of automatically being provided a `parent` or `breadcrumbs` field, you need to make
+  sure that both fields are placed at the top-level of your document. They cannot exist within any
+  nested data structures like a `group`, `array`, or `blocks`.
 </Banner>
 
 ## Overrides
 
-You can also extend the built-in `parent` and `breadcrumbs` fields per collection by using the `createParentField` and `createBreadcrumbField` methods. They will merge your customizations overtop the plugin's base field configurations.
+You can also extend the built-in `parent` and `breadcrumbs` fields per collection by using the `createParentField`
+and `createBreadcrumbField` methods. They will merge your customizations overtop the plugin's base field configurations.
 
 ```ts
-import { CollectionConfig } from "payload/types";
-import { createParentField } from "@payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs/fields";
-import { createBreadcrumbsField } from "@payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs/fields";
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+import { createParentField } from '@payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs/fields'
+import { createBreadcrumbsField } from '@payloadcms/plugin-nested-docs/fields'
 
 const examplePageConfig: CollectionConfig = {
-  slug: "pages",
+  slug: 'pages',
   fields: [
     createParentField(
       // First argument is equal to the slug of the collection
       // that the field references
-      "pages",
+      'pages',
 
       // Second argument is equal to field overrides that you specify,
       // which will be merged into the base parent field config
       {
         admin: {
-          position: "sidebar",
+          position: 'sidebar',
         },
         // Note: if you override the `filterOptions` of the `parent` field,
         // be sure to continue to prevent the document from referencing itself as the parent like this:
         // filterOptions: ({ id }) => ({ id: {not_equals: id }})`
-      }
+      },
     ),
     createBreadcrumbsField(
       // First argument is equal to the slug of the collection
       // that the field references
-      "pages",
+      'pages',
 
       // Argument equal to field overrides that you specify,
       // which will be merged into the base `breadcrumbs` field config
       {
-        label: "Page Breadcrumbs",
-      }
+        label: 'Page Breadcrumbs',
+      },
     ),
   ],
-};
+}
 ```
 
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Note:</strong>
+  <br />
+  If overriding the `name` of either `breadcrumbs` or `parent` fields, you must specify the
+  `breadcrumbsFieldSlug` or `parentFieldSlug` respectively.
+</Banner>
+
 ## Localization
 
-This plugin supports localization by default. If the `localization` property is set in your Payload config, the `breadcrumbs` field is automatically localized. For more details on how localization works in Payload, see the [Localization](https://payloadcms.com/docs/localization/overview) docs.
+This plugin supports localization by default. If the `localization` property is set in your Payload config,
+the `breadcrumbs` field is automatically localized. For more details on how localization works in Payload, see
+the [Localization](https://payloadcms.com/docs/localization/overview) docs.
 
 ## TypeScript
 
@@ -201,4 +238,10 @@ import { PluginConfig, GenerateURL, GenerateLabel } from '@payloadcms/plugin-nes
 
 ## Examples
 
-The [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) contains an official [Nested Docs Plugin Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/nested-docs) which demonstrates exactly how to configure this plugin in Payload and implement it on your front-end. The [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) also contains an official [Website Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/website) and [E-commerce Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/ecommere), both of which use this plugin.
+The [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) contains an
+official [Nested Docs Plugin Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/nested-docs) which
+demonstrates exactly how to configure this plugin in Payload and implement it on your front-end.
+The [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) also contains an
+official [Website Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/website)
+and [E-commerce Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/ecommere), both of which use this
+plugin.

docs/plugins/redirects.mdx

@@ -13,7 +13,12 @@ This plugin allows you to easily manage redirects for your application from with
 For example, if you have a page at `/about` and you want to change it to `/about-us`, you can create a redirect from the old page to the new one, then you can use this data to write HTTP redirects into your front-end application. This will ensure that users are redirected to the correct page without penalty because search engines are notified of the change at the request level. This is a very lightweight plugin that will allow you to integrate managed redirects for any front-end framework.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-redirects). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%redirects&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-redirects%3A) with as much detail as possible.
+  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
+  here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-redirects). If you need
+  help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've
+  found a bug, please [open a new
+  issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%redirects&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-redirects%3A)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### Core features
@@ -35,39 +40,39 @@ Install the plugin using any JavaScript package manager like [Yarn](https://yarn
 In the `plugins` array of your [Payload config](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/overview), call the plugin with [options](#options):
 
 ```ts
-import { buildConfig } from "payload/config";
-import redirects from "@payloadcms/plugin-redirects";
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import redirects from '@payloadcms/plugin-redirects'
 
 const config = buildConfig({
   collections: [
     {
-      slug: "pages",
+      slug: 'pages',
       fields: [],
     },
   ],
   plugins: [
     redirects({
-      collections: ["pages"],
+      collections: ['pages'],
     }),
   ],
-});
+})
 
-export default config;
+export default config
 ```
 
 ### Options
 
-| Option | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `collections` | `string[]` | An array of collection slugs to populate in the `to` field of each redirect. |
-| `overrides` | `object` | A partial collection config that allows you to override anything on the `redirects` collection. |
+| Option        | Type       | Description                                                                                     |
+| ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `collections` | `string[]` | An array of collection slugs to populate in the `to` field of each redirect.                    |
+| `overrides`   | `object`   | A partial collection config that allows you to override anything on the `redirects` collection. |
 
 ## TypeScript
 
 All types can be directly imported:
 
 ```ts
-import { PluginConfig } from "@payloadcms/plugin-redirects/types";
+import { PluginConfig } from '@payloadcms/plugin-redirects/types'
 ```
 
 ## Examples

docs/plugins/search.mdx

@@ -17,7 +17,12 @@ To query search results, use all the existing Payload APIs that you are already
 This plugin is a great way to implement a fast, immersive search experience such as a search bar in a front-end application. Many applications may not need the power and complexity of a third-party service like Algolia or ElasticSearch. This plugin provides a first-party alternative that is easy to set up and runs entirely on your own database.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-search). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20search&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-search%3A) with as much detail as possible.
+  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
+  here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-search). If you need help,
+  check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a
+  bug, please [open a new
+  issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20search&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-search%3A)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### Core Features

docs/plugins/seo.mdx

@@ -15,7 +15,12 @@ As users are editing documents within the admin panel, they have the option to "
 To help you visualize what your page might look like in a search engine, a preview is rendered on page just beneath the meta fields. This preview is updated in real-time as you edit your metadata. There are also visual indicators to help you write effective meta, such as a character counter for the title and description fields. You can even inject your own custom fields into the `meta` field group as your application requires, like `og:title` or `json-ld`. If you've ever used something like Yoast SEO, this plugin might feel very familiar.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-seo). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20seo&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-seo%3A) with as much detail as possible.
+  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
+  here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-seo). If you need help,
+  check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a
+  bug, please [open a new
+  issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20seo&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-seo%3A)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### Core features
@@ -86,10 +91,10 @@ An array of global slugs to enable SEO. Enabled globals receive a `meta` field w
 
 An array of fields that allows you to inject your own custom fields onto the `meta` field group. The following fields are provided by default:
 
-  - `title`: text
-  - `description`: textarea
-  - `image`: upload (if an `uploadsCollection` is provided)
-  - `preview`: ui
+- `title`: text
+- `description`: textarea
+- `image`: upload (if an `uploadsCollection` is provided)
+- `preview`: ui
 
 ##### `uploadsCollection`
 
@@ -100,7 +105,9 @@ Set the `uploadsCollection` to your application's upload-enabled collection slug
 When the `tabbedUI` property is `true`, it appends an `SEO` tab onto your config using Payload's [Tabs Field](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/tabs). If your collection is not already tab-enabled, meaning the first field in your config is not of type `tabs`, then one will be created for you called `Content`. Defaults to `false`.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  If you wish to continue to use top-level or sidebar fields with `tabbedUI`, you must not let the default `Content` tab get created for you (see the note above). Instead, you must define the first field of your config with type `tabs` and place all other fields adjacent to this one.
+  If you wish to continue to use top-level or sidebar fields with `tabbedUI`, you must not let the
+  default `Content` tab get created for you (see the note above). Instead, you must define the first
+  field of your config with type `tabs` and place all other fields adjacent to this one.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### `generateTitle`
@@ -126,7 +133,7 @@ A function that allows you to return any meta description, including from docume
 {
   // ...
   seoPlugin({
-    generateDescription: ({ ...docInfo, doc, locale }) => doc?.excerpt?.value
+    generateDescription: ({ ...docInfo, doc, locale }) => doc?.excerpt?.value,
   })
 }
 ```
@@ -140,7 +147,7 @@ A function that allows you to return any meta image, including from document's c
 {
   // ...
   seoPlugin({
-    generateImage: ({ ...docInfo, doc, locale }) => doc?.featuredImage?.value
+    generateImage: ({ ...docInfo, doc, locale }) => doc?.featuredImage?.value,
   })
 }
 ```
@@ -154,11 +161,45 @@ A function called by the search preview component to display the actual URL of y
 {
   // ...
   seoPlugin({
-    generateURL: ({ ...docInfo, doc, locale }) => `https://yoursite.com/${collection?.slug}/${doc?.slug?.value}`
+    generateURL: ({ ...docInfo, doc, locale }) =>
+      `https://yoursite.com/${collection?.slug}/${doc?.slug?.value}`,
   })
 }
 ```
 
+#### `interfaceName`
+
+Rename the meta group interface name that is generated for TypeScript and GraphQL.
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  seoPlugin({
+    interfaceName: 'customInterfaceNameSEO',
+  })
+}
+```
+
+#### `fieldOverrides`
+
+Pass any valid field props to the base fields: Title, Description or Image.
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+seoPlugin({
+  // ...
+  fieldOverrides: {
+    title: {
+      required: true,
+    },
+    description: {
+      localized: true,
+    },
+  },
+})
+```
+
 ## TypeScript
 
 All types can be directly imported:

docs/plugins/stripe.mdx

@@ -17,7 +17,12 @@ To build a checkout flow on your front-end you can either use [Stripe Checkout](
 The beauty of this plugin is the entirety of your application's content and business logic can be handled in Payload while Stripe handles solely the billing and payment processing. You can build a completely proprietary application that is endlessly customizable and extendable, on APIs and databases that you own. Hosted services like Shopify or BigCommerce might fracture your application's content then charge you for access.
 
 <Banner type="info">
-  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-stripe). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20stripe&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-stripe%3A) with as much detail as possible.
+  This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
+  here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-stripe). If you need help,
+  check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a
+  bug, please [open a new
+  issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20stripe&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-stripe%3A)
+  with as much detail as possible.
 </Banner>
 
 ##### Core features
@@ -58,14 +63,14 @@ export default config
 
 ### Options
 
-| Option | Type | Default | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| `stripeSecretKey` \* | string | `undefined` | Your Stripe secret key |
-| `stripeWebhooksEndpointSecret` | string | `undefined` | Your Stripe webhook endpoint secret |
-| `rest` | boolean | `false` | When `true`, opens the `/api/stripe/rest` endpoint |
-| `webhooks` | object \| function | `undefined` | Either a function to handle all webhooks events, or an object of Stripe webhook handlers, keyed to the name of the event |
-| `sync` | array | `undefined` | An array of sync configs |
-| `logs` | boolean | `false` | When `true`, logs sync events to the console as they happen |
+| Option                         | Type               | Default     | Description                                                                                                              |
+| ------------------------------ | ------------------ | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| `stripeSecretKey` \*           | string             | `undefined` | Your Stripe secret key                                                                                                   |
+| `stripeWebhooksEndpointSecret` | string             | `undefined` | Your Stripe webhook endpoint secret                                                                                      |
+| `rest`                         | boolean            | `false`     | When `true`, opens the `/api/stripe/rest` endpoint                                                                       |
+| `webhooks`                     | object \| function | `undefined` | Either a function to handle all webhooks events, or an object of Stripe webhook handlers, keyed to the name of the event |
+| `sync`                         | array              | `undefined` | An array of sync configs                                                                                                 |
+| `logs`                         | boolean            | `false`     | When `true`, logs sync events to the console as they happen                                                              |
 
 _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
@@ -73,14 +78,14 @@ _\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
 
 The following custom endpoints are automatically opened for you:
 
-| Endpoint | Method | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| `/api/stripe/rest` | `POST` | Proxies the [Stripe REST API](https://stripe.com/docs/api) behind [Payload access control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/overview) and returns the result. See the [REST Proxy](#stripe-rest-proxy) section for more details. |
-| `/api/stripe/webhooks` | `POST` | Handles all Stripe webhook events |
+| Endpoint               | Method | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
+| ---------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| `/api/stripe/rest`     | `POST` | Proxies the [Stripe REST API](https://stripe.com/docs/api) behind [Payload access control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/overview) and returns the result. See the [REST Proxy](#stripe-rest-proxy) section for more details. |
+| `/api/stripe/webhooks` | `POST` | Handles all Stripe webhook events                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
 
 ##### Stripe REST Proxy
 
-If `rest` is true, proxies the [Stripe REST API](https://stripe.com/docs/api) behind [Payload access control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/overview) and returns the result. If you need to proxy the API server-side, use the [stripeProxy](#node) function.
+If `rest` is true, proxies the [Stripe REST API](https://stripe.com/docs/api) behind [Payload access control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/overview) and returns the result. This flag should only be used for local development, see the security note below for more information.
 
 ```ts
 const res = await fetch(`/api/stripe/rest`, {
@@ -101,10 +106,19 @@ const res = await fetch(`/api/stripe/rest`, {
 })
 ```
 
+If you need to proxy the API server-side, use the [stripeProxy](#node) function.
+
 <Banner type="info">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  The `/api` part of these routes may be different based on the settings defined in your Payload config.
+  The `/api` part of these routes may be different based on the settings defined in your Payload
+  config.
+</Banner>
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Warning:</strong>
+  <br />
+  Opening the REST proxy endpoint in production is a potential security risk. Authenticated users will have open access to the Stripe REST API. In production, open your own endpoint and use the [stripeProxy](#node) function to proxy the Stripe API server-side.
 </Banner>
 
 ## Webhooks
@@ -220,7 +234,8 @@ This option will setup a basic sync between Payload collections and Stripe resou
 <Banner type="info">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  If you wish to enable a _two-way_ sync, be sure to setup [`webhooks`](#webhooks) and pass the `stripeWebhooksEndpointSecret` through your config.
+  If you wish to enable a _two-way_ sync, be sure to setup [`webhooks`](#webhooks) and pass the
+  `stripeWebhooksEndpointSecret` through your config.
 </Banner>
 
 ```ts
@@ -255,7 +270,10 @@ export default config
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  Due to limitations in the Stripe API, this currently only works with top-level fields. This is because every Stripe object is a separate entity, making it difficult to abstract into a simple reusable library. In the future, we may find a pattern around this. But for now, cases like that will need to be hard-coded.
+  Due to limitations in the Stripe API, this currently only works with top-level fields. This is
+  because every Stripe object is a separate entity, making it difficult to abstract into a simple
+  reusable library. In the future, we may find a pattern around this. But for now, cases like that
+  will need to be hard-coded.
 </Banner>
 
 Using `sync` will do the following:
@@ -287,5 +305,4 @@ import {
 
 ## Examples
 
-The [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) contains an official [E-commerce Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/ecommere) which demonstrates exactly how to configure this plugin in Payload and implement it on your front-end. You can also check out [How to Build An E-Commerce Site With Next.js](https://payloadcms.com/blog/how-to-build-an-e-commerce-site-with-nextjs) post for a bit more context around this template.
-
+The [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) contains an official [E-commerce Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/ecommerce) which demonstrates exactly how to configure this plugin in Payload and implement it on your front-end. You can also check out [How to Build An E-Commerce Site With Next.js](https://payloadcms.com/blog/how-to-build-an-e-commerce-site-with-nextjs) post for a bit more context around this template.

docs/production/deployment.mdx

@@ -44,7 +44,10 @@ Because _**you**_ are in complete control of who can do what with your data, you
 wield that power responsibly before deploying to Production.
 
 <Banner type="error">
-  <strong>By default, all Access Control functions require that a user is successfully logged in to Payload to create, read, update, or delete data.</strong>{' '}
+  <strong>
+    By default, all Access Control functions require that a user is successfully logged in to
+    Payload to create, read, update, or delete data.
+  </strong>{' '}
   But, if you allow public user registration, for example, you will want to make sure that your
   access control functions are more strict - permitting <strong>only appropriate users</strong> to
   perform appropriate actions.

docs/queries/overview.mdx

@@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ keywords: query, documents, overview, documentation, Content Management System,
 Payload provides an extremely granular querying language through all APIs. Each API takes the same syntax and fully supports all options.
 
 <Banner>
-  <strong>Here, "querying" relates to filtering or searching through documents within a Collection.</strong>{' '}
+  <strong>
+    Here, "querying" relates to filtering or searching through documents within a Collection.
+  </strong>{' '}
   You can build queries to pass to Find operations as well as to [restrict which documents certain
   users can access](/docs/access-control/overview) via access control functions.
 </Banner>

docs/queries/pagination.mdx

@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ All Payload APIs support the pagination controls below. With them, you can creat
 
 ### Disabling pagination within Local API
 
-For `find` operations within the Local API, you can disable pagination to retrieve all documents from a collection by passing `pagination: false` to the `find` local operation. This is not supported in REST or GraphQL, however, because it could potentially lead to malicious activity.
+For `find` operations within the Local API, you can disable pagination to retrieve all documents from a collection by passing `pagination: false` to the `find` local operation.

docs/rest-api/overview.mdx

@@ -90,6 +90,19 @@ Note: Collection slugs must be formatted in kebab-case
         },
       },
     },
+    {
+      operation: "Count",
+      method: "GET",
+      path: "/api/{collection-slug}/count",
+      description: "Count the documents",
+      example: {
+        slug: "count",
+        req: true,
+        res: {
+         totalDocs: 10
+        },
+      },
+    },
     {
       operation: "Create",
       method: "POST",

docs/rich-text/lexical.mdx

@@ -11,7 +11,9 @@ One of Payload's goals is to build the best rich text editor experience that we
 Classically, we've used SlateJS to work toward this goal, but building custom elements into Slate has proven to be more difficult than we'd like, and we've been keeping our options open.
 
 <Banner type="warning">
-  Payload's Lexical rich text editor is currently in beta. It's stable enough to use as you build on Payload, so if you're up for helping us fine-tune it, you should use it. But if you're looking for stability, use Slate instead.
+  Payload's Lexical rich text editor is currently in beta. It's stable enough to use as you build on
+  Payload, so if you're up for helping us fine-tune it, you should use it. But if you're looking for
+  stability, use Slate instead.
 </Banner>
 
 Lexical is extremely impressive and trivializes a lot of the hard parts of building new elements into a rich text editor. It has a few distinct advantages over Slate, including the following:
@@ -38,7 +40,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
     // your collections here
   ],
   // Pass the Lexical editor to the root config
-  editor: lexicalEditor({})
+  editor: lexicalEditor({}),
 })
 ```
 
@@ -46,9 +48,7 @@ You can also override Lexical settings on a field-by-field basis as follows:
 
 ```ts
 import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
-import {
-  lexicalEditor
-} from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
+import { lexicalEditor } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 
 export const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
   slug: 'pages',
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ export const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
       name: 'content',
       type: 'richText',
       // Pass the Lexical editor here and override base settings as necessary
-      editor: lexicalEditor({})
-    }
-  ]
+      editor: lexicalEditor({}),
+    },
+  ],
 }
 ```
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ import {
   BlocksFeature,
   LinkFeature,
   UploadFeature,
-  lexicalEditor
+  lexicalEditor,
 } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 import { Banner } from '../blocks/Banner'
 import { CallToAction } from '../blocks/CallToAction'
@@ -126,12 +126,9 @@ import { CallToAction } from '../blocks/CallToAction'
       // This is incredibly powerful. You can re-use your Payload blocks
       // directly in the Lexical editor as follows:
       BlocksFeature({
-        blocks: [
-          Banner,
-          CallToAction,
-        ],
+        blocks: [Banner, CallToAction],
       }),
-    ]
+    ],
   })
 }
 ```
@@ -153,14 +150,15 @@ Here's an overview of all the included features:
 | **`HeadingFeature`**           | Yes                 | Adds Heading Nodes (by default, H1 - H6, but that can be customized)                                                                                                                   |
 | **`AlignFeature`**             | Yes                 | Allows you to align text left, centered and right                                                                                                                                      |
 | **`IndentFeature`**            | Yes                 | Allows you to indent text with the tab key                                                                                                                                             |
-| **`UnorderedListFeature`**      | Yes                 | Adds unordered lists (ul)                                                                                                                                                              |
+| **`UnorderedListFeature`**     | Yes                 | Adds unordered lists (ul)                                                                                                                                                              |
 | **`OrderedListFeature`**       | Yes                 | Adds ordered lists (ol)                                                                                                                                                                |
 | **`CheckListFeature`**         | Yes                 | Adds checklists                                                                                                                                                                        |
 | **`LinkFeature`**              | Yes                 | Allows you to create internal and external links                                                                                                                                       |
 | **`RelationshipFeature`**      | Yes                 | Allows you to create block-level (not inline) relationships to other documents                                                                                                         |
 | **`BlockQuoteFeature`**        | Yes                 | Allows you to create block-level quotes                                                                                                                                                |
 | **`UploadFeature`**            | Yes                 | Allows you to create block-level upload nodes - this supports all kinds of uploads, not just images                                                                                    |
-| **`BlocksFeature`**            | No                  | Allows you to use Payload's [Blocks Field](/docs/fields/blocks) directly inside your editor. In the feature props, you can specify the allowed blocks - just like in the Blocks field. |
+| **`HorizontalRuleFeature`**    | Yes                 | Horizontal rules / separators. Basically displays an <hr> element                                                                                                                      |
+| **`BlocksFeature`**            | No                  | Allows you to use Payload's [Blocks Field](/docs/fields/blocks) directly inside your editor. In the feature props, you can specify the allowed blocks - just like in the Blocks field.                 |
 | **`TreeViewFeature`**          | No                  | Adds a debug box under the editor, which allows you to see the current editor state live, the dom, as well as time travel. Very useful for debugging                                   |
 
 ## Creating your own, custom Feature
@@ -176,7 +174,7 @@ Next, take a look at the [features we've already built](https://github.com/paylo
 Lexical saves data in JSON, but can also generate its HTML representation via two main methods:
 
 1. **Outputting HTML from the Collection:** Create a new field in your collection to convert saved JSON content to HTML. Payload generates and outputs the HTML for use in your frontend.
-2. **Generating HTML on the Frontend:** Convert JSON to HTML on-demand, either in your frontend or elsewhere.
+2. **Generating HTML on any server** Convert JSON to HTML on-demand on the server.
 
 The editor comes with built-in HTML serializers, simplifying the process of converting JSON to HTML.
 
@@ -187,11 +185,7 @@ To add HTML generation directly within the collection, follow the example below:
 ```ts
 import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
 
-import {
-  HTMLConverterFeature,
-  lexicalEditor,
-  lexicalHTML
-} from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
+import { HTMLConverterFeature, lexicalEditor, lexicalHTML } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 
 const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
   slug: 'pages',
@@ -202,7 +196,8 @@ const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
       editor: lexicalEditor({
         features: ({ defaultFeatures }) => [
           ...defaultFeatures,
-          // The HTMLConverter Feature is the feature which manages the HTML serializers. If you do not pass any arguments to it, it will use the default serializers.
+          // The HTMLConverter Feature is the feature which manages the HTML serializers.
+          // If you do not pass any arguments to it, it will use the default serializers.
           HTMLConverterFeature({}),
         ],
       }),
@@ -211,9 +206,10 @@ const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
   ],
 }
 ```
+
 The `lexicalHTML()` function creates a new field that automatically converts the referenced lexical richText field into HTML through an afterRead hook.
 
-#### Generating HTML in the Frontend:
+#### Generating HTML anywhere on the server:
 
 If you wish to convert JSON to HTML ad-hoc, use this code snippet:
 
@@ -225,17 +221,34 @@ import {
   consolidateHTMLConverters,
 } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 
-async function lexicalToHTML(editorData: SerializedEditorState, editorConfig: SanitizedEditorConfig) {
+async function lexicalToHTML(
+  editorData: SerializedEditorState,
+  editorConfig: SanitizedEditorConfig,
+) {
   return await convertLexicalToHTML({
     converters: consolidateHTMLConverters({ editorConfig }),
     data: editorData,
   })
 }
 ```
+
 This method employs `convertLexicalToHTML` from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`, which converts the serialized editor state into HTML.
 
 Because every `Feature` is able to provide html converters, and because the `htmlFeature` can modify those or provide their own, we need to consolidate them with the default html Converters using the `consolidateHTMLConverters` function.
 
+#### CSS
+
+Payload's lexical HTML converter does not generate CSS for you, but it does add classes to the generated HTML. You can use these classes to style the HTML in your frontend.
+
+Here is some "base" CSS you can use to ensure that nested lists render correctly:
+
+```css
+/* Base CSS for Lexical HTML */
+.nestedListItem, .list-check {
+  list-style-type: none;
+}
+```
+
 #### Creating your own HTML Converter
 
 HTML Converters are typed as `HTMLConverter`, which contains the node type it should handle, and a function that accepts the serialized node from the lexical editor, and outputs the HTML string. Here's the HTML Converter of the Upload node as an example:
@@ -286,9 +299,13 @@ export const UploadFeature = (props?: UploadFeatureProps): FeatureProvider => {
             //...
           },
         ],
-        plugins: [/*...*/],
+        plugins: [
+          /*...*/
+        ],
         props: props,
-        slashMenu: {/*...*/},
+        slashMenu: {
+          /*...*/
+        },
       }
     },
     key: 'upload',
@@ -299,6 +316,7 @@ export const UploadFeature = (props?: UploadFeatureProps): FeatureProvider => {
 ### Headless Editor
 
 Lexical provides a seamless way to perform conversions between various other formats:
+
 - HTML to Lexical (or, importing HTML into the lexical editor)
 - Markdown to Lexical (or, importing Markdown into the lexical editor)
 - Lexical to Markdown
@@ -307,12 +325,9 @@ A headless editor can perform such conversions outside of the main editor instan
 
 ```ts
 import { createHeadlessEditor } from '@lexical/headless' // <= make sure this package is installed
-import {
-  getEnabledNodes,
-  sanitizeEditorConfig,
-} from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
+import { getEnabledNodes, sanitizeEditorConfig } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 
-const yourEditorConfig; // <= your editor config here
+const yourEditorConfig // <= your editor config here
 
 const headlessEditor = createHeadlessEditor({
   nodes: getEnabledNodes({
@@ -345,23 +360,26 @@ Once you have your headless editor instance, you can use it to convert HTML to L
 
 ```ts
 import { $generateNodesFromDOM } from '@lexical/html'
-import { $getRoot,$getSelection } from 'lexical'
-import { JSDOM } from 'jsdom';
+import { $getRoot, $getSelection } from 'lexical'
+import { JSDOM } from 'jsdom'
 
-headlessEditor.update(() => {
-  // In a headless environment you can use a package such as JSDom to parse the HTML string.
-  const dom = new JSDOM(htmlString)
+headlessEditor.update(
+  () => {
+    // In a headless environment you can use a package such as JSDom to parse the HTML string.
+    const dom = new JSDOM(htmlString)
 
-  // Once you have the DOM instance it's easy to generate LexicalNodes.
-  const nodes = $generateNodesFromDOM(headlessEditor, dom.window.document)
+    // Once you have the DOM instance it's easy to generate LexicalNodes.
+    const nodes = $generateNodesFromDOM(headlessEditor, dom.window.document)
 
-  // Select the root
-  $getRoot().select()
+    // Select the root
+    $getRoot().select()
 
-  // Insert them at a selection.
-  const selection = $getSelection()
-  selection.insertNodes(nodes)
-}, { discrete: true })
+    // Insert them at a selection.
+    const selection = $getSelection()
+    selection.insertNodes(nodes)
+  },
+  { discrete: true },
+)
 
 // Do this if you then want to get the editor JSON
 const editorJSON = headlessEditor.getEditorState().toJSON()
@@ -374,7 +392,8 @@ This has been taken from the [lexical serialization & deserialization docs](http
 <Banner type="success">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  Using the <code>discrete: true</code> flag ensures instant updates to the editor state. If immediate reading of the updated state isn't necessary, you can omit the flag.
+  Using the <code>discrete: true</code> flag ensures instant updates to the editor state. If
+  immediate reading of the updated state isn't necessary, you can omit the flag.
 </Banner>
 
 ### Markdown => Lexical
@@ -388,7 +407,12 @@ import { sanitizeEditorConfig } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 const yourSanitizedEditorConfig = sanitizeEditorConfig(yourEditorConfig) // <= your editor config here
 const markdown = `# Hello World`
 
-headlessEditor.update(() => { $convertFromMarkdownString(markdown, yourSanitizedEditorConfig.features.markdownTransformers) }, { discrete: true })
+headlessEditor.update(
+  () => {
+    $convertFromMarkdownString(markdown, yourSanitizedEditorConfig.features.markdownTransformers)
+  },
+  { discrete: true },
+)
 
 // Do this if you then want to get the editor JSON
 const editorJSON = headlessEditor.getEditorState().toJSON()
@@ -406,7 +430,7 @@ Here's the code for it:
 ```ts
 import { $convertToMarkdownString } from '@lexical/markdown'
 import { sanitizeEditorConfig } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
-import type { SerializedEditorState } from "lexical"
+import type { SerializedEditorState } from 'lexical'
 
 const yourSanitizedEditorConfig = sanitizeEditorConfig(yourEditorConfig) // <= your editor config here
 const yourEditorState: SerializedEditorState // <= your current editor state here
@@ -427,7 +451,6 @@ headlessEditor.getEditorState().read(() => {
 
 The `.setEditorState()` function immediately updates your editor state. Thus, there's no need for the `discrete: true` flag when reading the state afterward.
 
-
 ### Lexical => Plain Text
 
 Export content from the Lexical editor into plain text using these steps:
@@ -438,8 +461,8 @@ Export content from the Lexical editor into plain text using these steps:
 Here's the code for it:
 
 ```ts
-import type { SerializedEditorState } from "lexical"
-import { $getRoot } from "lexical"
+import type { SerializedEditorState } from 'lexical'
+import { $getRoot } from 'lexical'
 
 const yourEditorState: SerializedEditorState // <= your current editor state here
 
@@ -451,9 +474,10 @@ try {
 }
 
 // Export to plain text
-const plainTextContent = headlessEditor.getEditorState().read(() => {
-  return $getRoot().getTextContent()
-}) || ''
+const plainTextContent =
+  headlessEditor.getEditorState().read(() => {
+    return $getRoot().getTextContent()
+  }) || ''
 ```
 
 ## Migrating from Slate
@@ -469,10 +493,7 @@ Simply add the `SlateToLexicalFeature` to your editor:
 ```ts
 import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
 
-import {
-  SlateToLexicalFeature,
-  lexicalEditor,
-} from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
+import { SlateToLexicalFeature, lexicalEditor } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 
 const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
   slug: 'pages',
@@ -481,10 +502,7 @@ const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
       name: 'nameOfYourRichTextField',
       type: 'richText',
       editor: lexicalEditor({
-        features: ({ defaultFeatures }) => [
-          ...defaultFeatures,
-          SlateToLexicalFeature({})
-        ],
+        features: ({ defaultFeatures }) => [...defaultFeatures, SlateToLexicalFeature({})],
       }),
     },
   ],
@@ -494,6 +512,7 @@ const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
 and done! Now, everytime this lexical editor is initialized, it converts the slate date to lexical on-the-fly. If the data is already in lexical format, it will just pass it through.
 
 This is by far the easiest way to migrate from Slate to Lexical, although it does come with a few caveats:
+
 - There is a performance hit when initializing the lexical editor
 - The editor will still output the Slate data in the output JSON, as the on-the-fly converter only runs for the admin panel
 
@@ -535,7 +554,8 @@ export async function convertAll(payload: Payload, collectionName: string, field
     const promises = batch.map(async (doc: YourDocumentType) => {
       const richText = doc[fieldName]
 
-      if (richText && Array.isArray(richText) && !('root' in richText)) { // It's Slate data - skip already-converted data
+      if (richText && Array.isArray(richText) && !('root' in richText)) {
+        // It's Slate data - skip already-converted data
         const converted = convertSlateToLexical({
           converters: converters,
           slateData: richText,
@@ -604,7 +624,7 @@ import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
 import {
   SlateToLexicalFeature,
   lexicalEditor,
-  defaultSlateConverters
+  defaultSlateConverters,
 } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
 
 import { YourCustomConverter } from '../converters/YourCustomConverter'
@@ -619,10 +639,7 @@ const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
         features: ({ defaultFeatures }) => [
           ...defaultFeatures,
           SlateToLexicalFeature({
-            converters: [
-              ...defaultSlateConverters,
-              YourCustomConverter
-            ]
+            converters: [...defaultSlateConverters, YourCustomConverter],
           }),
         ],
       }),

docs/rich-text/slate.mdx

@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ To use the Slate editor, first you need to install it:
 npm install --save @payloadcms/richtext-slate
 ```
 
-
 After installation, you can pass it to your top-level Payload config:
 
 ```ts
@@ -28,7 +27,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
     // your collections here
   ],
   // Pass the Slate editor to the root config
-  editor: slateEditor({})
+  editor: slateEditor({}),
 })
 ```
 
@@ -52,11 +51,11 @@ export const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
           ],
           leaves: [
             // customize leaves allowed in Slate editor here
-          ]
-        }
-      })
-    }
-  ]
+          ],
+        },
+      }),
+    },
+  ],
 }
 ```
 
@@ -168,7 +167,9 @@ Specifying custom `Type`s let you extend your custom elements by adding addition
 `collections/ExampleCollection.ts`
 
 ```ts
-import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+
+import { slateEditor } from '@payloadcms/richtext-slate'
 
 export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
   slug: 'example-collection',
@@ -182,57 +183,59 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
         },
       ],
       required: true,
-      admin: {
-        elements: [
-          'h2',
-          'h3',
-          'h4',
-          'link',
-          'blockquote',
-          {
-            name: 'cta',
-            Button: CustomCallToActionButton,
-            Element: CustomCallToActionElement,
-            plugins: [
-              // any plugins that are required by this element go here
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        leaves: [
-          'bold',
-          'italic',
-          {
-            name: 'highlight',
-            Button: CustomHighlightButton,
-            Leaf: CustomHighlightLeaf,
-            plugins: [
-              // any plugins that are required by this leaf go here
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        link: {
-          // Inject your own fields into the Link element
-          fields: [
+      editor: slateEditor({
+        admin: {
+          elements: [
+            'h2',
+            'h3',
+            'h4',
+            'link',
+            'blockquote',
             {
-              name: 'rel',
-              label: 'Rel Attribute',
-              type: 'select',
-              hasMany: true,
-              options: ['noopener', 'noreferrer', 'nofollow'],
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-        upload: {
-          collections: {
-            media: {
-              fields: [
-                // any fields that you would like to save
-                // on an upload element in the `media` collection
+              name: 'cta',
+              Button: CustomCallToActionButton,
+              Element: CustomCallToActionElement,
+              plugins: [
+                // any plugins that are required by this element go here
               ],
             },
+          ],
+          leaves: [
+            'bold',
+            'italic',
+            {
+              name: 'highlight',
+              Button: CustomHighlightButton,
+              Leaf: CustomHighlightLeaf,
+              plugins: [
+                // any plugins that are required by this leaf go here
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          link: {
+            // Inject your own fields into the Link element
+            fields: [
+              {
+                name: 'rel',
+                label: 'Rel Attribute',
+                type: 'select',
+                hasMany: true,
+                options: ['noopener', 'noreferrer', 'nofollow'],
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          upload: {
+            collections: {
+              media: {
+                fields: [
+                  // any fields that you would like to save
+                  // on an upload element in the `media` collection
+                ],
+              },
+            },
           },
         },
-      },
+      }),
     },
   ],
 }

docs/upload/overview.mdx

@@ -40,21 +40,21 @@ Every Payload Collection can opt-in to supporting Uploads by specifying the `upl
 
 ### Collection Upload Options
 
-| Option                      | Description                                                                                                                                                                             |
-| -------------------------   | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`staticURL`** \*          | The URL path to use to access your uploads. Relative path like `/media` will be served by payload. Full path like `https://example.com/media` needs to be served by another web server. |
-| **`staticDir`** \*          | The folder directory to use to store media in. Can be either an absolute path or relative to the directory that contains your config.                                                   |
-| **`adminThumbnail`**        | Set the way that the Admin panel will display thumbnails for this Collection. [More](#admin-thumbnails)                                                                                 |
-| **`crop`**                  | Set to `false` to disable the cropping tool in the Admin panel. Crop is enabled by default. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector)                                                      |
-| **`disableLocalStorage`**   | Completely disable uploading files to disk locally. [More](#disabling-local-upload-storage)                                                                                             |
-| **`focalPoint`**            | Set to `false` to disable the focal point selection tool in the Admin panel. The focal point selector is only available when `imageSizes` or `resizeOptions` are defined. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector) |
-| **`formatOptions`**         | An object with `format` and `options` that are used with the Sharp image library to format the upload file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-output#toformat)                 |
-| **`handlers`**              | Array of Express request handlers to execute before the built-in Payload static middleware executes.                                                                                    |
-| **`imageSizes`**            | If specified, image uploads will be automatically resized in accordance to these image sizes. [More](#image-sizes)                                                                      |
-| **`mimeTypes`**             | Restrict mimeTypes in the file picker. Array of valid mimetypes or mimetype wildcards [More](#mimetypes)                                                                                |
-| **`staticOptions`**         | Set options for `express.static` to use while serving your static files. [More](http://expressjs.com/en/resources/middleware/serve-static.html)                                         |
-| **`resizeOptions`**         | An object passed to the the Sharp image library to resize the uploaded file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-resize)                                                         |
-| **`filesRequiredOnCreate`** | Mandate file data on creation, default is true.                                                                                                                                         |
+| Option                         | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
+| ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`staticURL`** \*             | The URL path to use to access your uploads. Relative path like `/media` will be served by payload. Full path like `https://example.com/media` needs to be served by another web server.                          |
+| **`staticDir`** \*             | The folder directory to use to store media in. Can be either an absolute path or relative to the directory that contains your config.                                                                            |
+| **`adminThumbnail`**           | Set the way that the Admin panel will display thumbnails for this Collection. [More](#admin-thumbnails)                                                                                                          |
+| **`crop`**                     | Set to `false` to disable the cropping tool in the Admin panel. Crop is enabled by default. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector)                                                                               |
+| **`disableLocalStorage`**      | Completely disable uploading files to disk locally. [More](#disabling-local-upload-storage)                                                                                                                      |
+| **`externalFileHeaderFilter`** | Accepts existing headers and can filter/modify them.                                                                                                                                                             |
+| **`focalPoint`**               | Set to `false` to disable the focal point selection tool in the Admin panel. The focal point selector is only available when `imageSizes` or `resizeOptions` are defined. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector) |
+| **`formatOptions`**            | An object with `format` and `options` that are used with the Sharp image library to format the upload file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-output#toformat)                                          |
+| **`handlers`**                 | Array of Express request handlers to execute before the built-in Payload static middleware executes.                                                                                                             |
+| **`imageSizes`**               | If specified, image uploads will be automatically resized in accordance to these image sizes. [More](#image-sizes)                                                                                               |
+| **`mimeTypes`**                | Restrict mimeTypes in the file picker. Array of valid mimetypes or mimetype wildcards [More](#mimetypes)                                                                                                         |                                                              |
+| **`resizeOptions`**            | An object passed to the the Sharp image library to resize the uploaded file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-resize)                                                                                  |
+| **`filesRequiredOnCreate`**    | Mandate file data on creation, default is true.                                                                                                                                                                  |
 
 _An asterisk denotes that a property above is required._
 
@@ -154,15 +154,13 @@ When an uploaded image is smaller than the defined image size, we have 3 options
 
 `withoutEnlargement: undefined | false | true`
 
-1.`undefined` [default]: uploading images with smaller width AND height than the image size will return null
-2. `false`: always enlarge images to the image size
-3. `true`: if the image is smaller than the image size, return the original image
+1.`undefined` [default]: uploading images with smaller width AND height than the image size will return null 2. `false`: always enlarge images to the image size 3. `true`: if the image is smaller than the image size, return the original image
 
 <Banner type="error">
   <strong>Note:</strong>
   <br />
-  By default, the image size will return NULL when the uploaded image is smaller than the defined image size.
-  Use the `withoutEnlargement` prop to change this.
+  By default, the image size will return NULL when the uploaded image is smaller than the defined
+  image size. Use the `withoutEnlargement` prop to change this.
 </Banner>
 
 ### Crop and Focal Point Selector
@@ -209,8 +207,7 @@ export const Media: CollectionConfig = {
       // ... image sizes here
     ],
     // highlight-start
-    adminThumbnail: ({ doc }) =>
-      `https://google.com/custom-path-to-file/${doc.filename}`,
+    adminThumbnail: ({ doc }) => `https://google.com/custom-path-to-file/${doc.filename}`,
     // highlight-end
   },
 }

docs/upload/storage-adapters.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+---
+title: Storage Adapters
+label: Overview
+order: 20
+desc: Payload provides additional storage adapters to handle file uploads. These adapters allow you to store files in different locations, such as Amazon S3, Vercel Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, Uploadthing, and more.
+keywords: uploads, images, media, storage, adapters, s3, vercel, google cloud, azure
+---
+
+Payload offers additional storage adapters to handle file uploads. These adapters allow you to store files in different locations, such as Amazon S3, Vercel Blob Storage, Google Cloud Storage, and more.
+
+| Service              | Package                                                                                                           |
+| -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Vercel Blob          | [`@payloadcms/storage-vercel-blob`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/storage-vercel-blob) |
+| AWS S3               | [`@payloadcms/storage-s3`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/storage-s3)                   |
+| Azure                | [`@payloadcms/storage-azure`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/storage-azure)             |
+| Google Cloud Storage | [`@payloadcms/storage-gcs`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/storage-gcs)                 |
+
+
+### Vercel Blob Storage [`@payloadcms/storage-vercel-blob`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/storage-vercel-blob)
+
+#### Installation
+
+```sh
+pnpm add @payloadcms/storage-vercel-blob
+```
+
+#### Usage
+
+- Configure the `collections` object to specify which collections should use the Vercel Blob adapter. The slug _must_ match one of your existing collection slugs.
+- Ensure you have `BLOB_READ_WRITE_TOKEN` set in your Vercel environment variables. This is usually set by Vercel automatically after adding blob storage to your project.
+- When enabled, this package will automatically set `disableLocalStorage` to `true` for each collection.
+
+```ts
+import { vercelBlobStorage } from '@payloadcms/storage-vercel-blob'
+import { Media } from './collections/Media'
+import { MediaWithPrefix } from './collections/MediaWithPrefix'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  collections: [Media, MediaWithPrefix],
+  plugins: [
+    vercelBlobStorage({
+      enabled: true, // Optional, defaults to true
+      // Specify which collections should use Vercel Blob
+      collections: {
+        [Media.slug]: true,
+        [MediaWithPrefix.slug]: {
+          prefix: 'my-prefix',
+        },
+      },
+      // Token provided by Vercel once Blob storage is added to your Vercel project
+      token: process.env.BLOB_READ_WRITE_TOKEN,
+    }),
+  ],
+})
+```
+
+#### Configuration Options
+
+| Option               | Description                                                          | Default                       |
+| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------- |
+| `enabled`            | Whether or not to enable the plugin                                  | `true`                        |
+| `collections`        | Collections to apply the Vercel Blob adapter to                      |                               |
+| `addRandomSuffix`    | Add a random suffix to the uploaded file name in Vercel Blob storage | `false`                       |
+| `cacheControlMaxAge` | Cache-Control max-age in seconds                                     | `365 * 24 * 60 * 60` (1 Year) |
+| `token`              | Vercel Blob storage read/write token                                 | `''`                          |
+
+### S3 Storage [`@payloadcms/storage-s3`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/storage-s3)
+
+#### Installation
+
+```sh
+pnpm add @payloadcms/storage-s3
+```
+
+#### Usage
+
+- Configure the `collections` object to specify which collections should use the Vercel Blob adapter. The slug _must_ match one of your existing collection slugs.
+- The `config` object can be any [`S3ClientConfig`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSJavaScriptSDK/v3/latest/client/s3) object (from [`@aws-sdk/client-s3`](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-js-v3)). _This is highly dependent on your AWS setup_. Check the AWS documentation for more information.
+- When enabled, this package will automatically set `disableLocalStorage` to `true` for each collection.
+
+```ts
+import { s3Storage } from '@payloadcms/storage-s3'
+import { Media } from './collections/Media'
+import { MediaWithPrefix } from './collections/MediaWithPrefix'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  collections: [Media, MediaWithPrefix],
+  plugins: [
+    s3Storage({
+      collections: {
+        [mediaSlug]: true,
+        [mediaWithPrefixSlug]: {
+          prefix,
+        },
+      },
+      bucket: process.env.S3_BUCKET,
+      config: {
+        credentials: {
+          accessKeyId: process.env.S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID,
+          secretAccessKey: process.env.S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY,
+        },
+        region: process.env.S3_REGION,
+        // ... Other S3 configuration
+      },
+    }),
+  ],
+})
+```
+
+##### Configuration Options
+
+See the the [AWS SDK Package](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-js-v3) and [`S3ClientConfig`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSJavaScriptSDK/v3/latest/client/s3) object for guidance on AWS S3 configuration.
+
+### Azure Blob Storage - [`@payloadcms/storage-azure`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/storage-azure)
+
+#### Installation
+
+```sh
+pnpm add @payloadcms/storage-azure
+```
+
+#### Usage
+
+- Configure the `collections` object to specify which collections should use the Vercel Blob adapter. The slug _must_ match one of your existing collection slugs.
+- When enabled, this package will automatically set `disableLocalStorage` to `true` for each collection.
+
+```ts
+import { azureStorage } from '@payloadcms/storage-azure'
+import { Media } from './collections/Media'
+import { MediaWithPrefix } from './collections/MediaWithPrefix'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  collections: [Media, MediaWithPrefix],
+  plugins: [
+    azureStorage({
+      collections: {
+        [mediaSlug]: true,
+        [mediaWithPrefixSlug]: {
+          prefix,
+        },
+      },
+      allowContainerCreate: process.env.AZURE_STORAGE_ALLOW_CONTAINER_CREATE === 'true',
+      baseURL: process.env.AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_BASEURL,
+      connectionString: process.env.AZURE_STORAGE_CONNECTION_STRING,
+      containerName: process.env.AZURE_STORAGE_CONTAINER_NAME,
+    }),
+  ],
+})
+```
+
+#### Configuration Options
+
+| Option                 | Description                                                              | Default |
+| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------- |
+| `enabled`              | Whether or not to enable the plugin                                      | `true`  |
+| `collections`          | Collections to apply the Azure Blob adapter to                           |         |
+| `allowContainerCreate` | Whether or not to allow the container to be created if it does not exist | `false` |
+| `baseURL`              | Base URL for the Azure Blob storage account                              |         |
+| `connectionString`     | Azure Blob storage connection string                                     |         |
+| `containerName`        | Azure Blob storage container name                                        |         |
+
+### Google Cloud Storage [`@payloadcms/storage-gcs`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/storage-gcs)
+
+#### Installation
+
+```sh
+pnpm add @payloadcms/storage-gcs
+```
+
+#### Usage
+
+- Configure the `collections` object to specify which collections should use the Vercel Blob adapter. The slug _must_ match one of your existing collection slugs.
+- When enabled, this package will automatically set `disableLocalStorage` to `true` for each collection.
+
+```ts
+import { gcsStorage } from '@payloadcms/storage-gcs'
+import { Media } from './collections/Media'
+import { MediaWithPrefix } from './collections/MediaWithPrefix'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  collections: [Media, MediaWithPrefix],
+  plugins: [
+    gcsStorage({
+      collections: {
+        [mediaSlug]: true,
+        [mediaWithPrefixSlug]: {
+          prefix,
+        },
+      },
+      bucket: process.env.GCS_BUCKET,
+      options: {
+        apiEndpoint: process.env.GCS_ENDPOINT,
+        projectId: process.env.GCS_PROJECT_ID,
+      },
+    }),
+  ],
+})
+```
+
+#### Configuration Options
+
+| Option        | Description                                                                                         | Default   |
+| ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------- |
+| `enabled`     | Whether or not to enable the plugin                                                                 | `true`    |
+| `collections` | Collections to apply the storage to                                                                 |           |
+| `bucket`      | The name of the bucket to use                                                                       |           |
+| `options`     | Google Cloud Storage client configuration. See [Docs](https://github.com/googleapis/nodejs-storage) |           |
+| `acl`         | Access control list for files that are uploaded                                                     | `Private` |
+
+
+### Uploadthing Storage [`@payloadcms/storage-uploadthing`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/storage-uploadthing)
+
+#### Installation
+
+```sh
+pnpm add @paylaodcms/storage-uploadthing
+```
+
+#### Usage
+
+- Configure the `collections` object to specify which collections should use uploadthing. The slug _must_ match one of your existing collection slugs and be an `upload` type.
+- Get an API key from Uploadthing and set it as `apiKey` in the `options` object.
+- `acl` is optional and defaults to `public-read`.
+
+```ts
+export default buildConfig({
+  collections: [Media],
+  plugins: [
+    uploadthingStorage({
+      collections: {
+        [mediaSlug]: true,
+      },
+      options: {
+        apiKey: process.env.UPLOADTHING_SECRET,
+        acl: 'public-read',
+      },
+    }),
+  ],
+})
+```
+
+#### Configuration Options
+
+| Option           | Description                                     | Default       |
+| ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | ------------- |
+| `apiKey`         | API key from Uploadthing. Required.             |               |
+| `acl`            | Access control list for files that are uploaded | `public-read` |
+| `logLevel`       | Log level for Uploadthing                       | `info`        |
+| `fetch`          | Custom fetch function                           | `fetch`       |
+| `defaultKeyType` | Default key type for file operations            | `fileKey`     |
+
+
+### Custom Storage Adapters
+
+If you need to create a custom storage adapter, you can use the [`@payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage) package. This package is used internally by the storage adapters mentioned above.
+
+#### Installation
+
+`pnpm add @payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage`
+
+#### Usage
+
+Reference any of the existing storage adapters for guidance on how this should be structured. Create an adapter following the `GeneratedAdapter` interface. Then, pass the adapter to the `cloudStorage` plugin.
+
+```ts
+export interface GeneratedAdapter {
+  /**
+   * Additional fields to be injected into the base collection and image sizes
+   */
+  fields?: Field[]
+  /**
+   * Generates the public URL for a file
+   */
+  generateURL?: GenerateURL
+  handleDelete: HandleDelete
+  handleUpload: HandleUpload
+  name: string
+  onInit?: () => void
+  staticHandler: StaticHandler
+}
+```
+
+```ts
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { cloudStoragePlugin } from '@payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  plugins: [
+    cloudStorage({
+      collections: {
+        'my-collection-slug': {
+          adapter: theAdapterToUse, // see docs for the adapter you want to use
+        },
+      },
+    }),
+  ],
+  // The rest of your config goes here
+})
+```
+
+### Plugin options
+
+This plugin is configurable to work across many different Payload collections. A `*` denotes that the property is required.
+
+| Option           | Type                                | Description                                                                                                                       |
+| ---------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `collections` \* | `Record<string, CollectionOptions>` | Object with keys set to the slug of collections you want to enable the plugin for, and values set to collection-specific options. |
+| `enabled`        |                                     | `boolean` to conditionally enable/disable plugin. Default: true.                                                                  |
+
+### Collection-specific options
+
+| Option                        | Type                                                                                               | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| `adapter` \*                  | [Adapter](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage/blob/master/src/types.ts#L51)         | Pass in the adapter that you'd like to use for this collection. You can also set this field to `null` for local development if you'd like to bypass cloud storage in certain scenarios and use local storage. |
+| `disableLocalStorage`         | `boolean`                                                                                          | Choose to disable local storage on this collection. Defaults to `true`.                                                                                                                                       |
+| `disablePayloadAccessControl` | `true`                                                                                             | Set to `true` to disable Payload's access control. [More](#payload-access-control)                                                                                                                            |
+| `prefix`                      | `string`                                                                                           | Set to `media/images` to upload files inside `media/images` folder in the bucket.                                                                                                                             |
+| `generateFileURL`             | [GenerateFileURL](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage/blob/master/src/types.ts#L53) | Override the generated file URL with one that you create.                                                                                                                                                     |
+
+### Payload Access Control
+
+Payload ships with access control that runs _even on statically served files_. The same `read` access control property on your `upload`-enabled collections is used, and it allows you to restrict who can request your uploaded files.
+
+To preserve this feature, by default, this plugin _keeps all file URLs exactly the same_. Your file URLs won't be updated to point directly to your cloud storage source, as in that case, Payload's access control will be completely bypassed and you would need public readability on your cloud-hosted files.
+
+Instead, all uploads will still be reached from the default `/collectionSlug/staticURL/filename` path. This plugin will "pass through" all files that are hosted on your third-party cloud service—with the added benefit of keeping your existing access control in place.
+
+If this does not apply to you (your upload collection has `read: () => true` or similar) you can disable this functionality by setting `disablePayloadAccessControl` to `true`. When this setting is in place, this plugin will update your file URLs to point directly to your cloud host.
+
+### Conditionally Enabling/Disabling
+
+The proper way to conditionally enable/disable this plugin is to use the `enabled` property.
+
+```ts
+cloudStoragePlugin({
+  enabled: process.env.MY_CONDITION === 'true',
+  collections: {
+    'my-collection-slug': {
+      adapter: theAdapterToUse, // see docs for the adapter you want to use
+    },
+  },
+}),
+```

docs/versions/autosave.mdx

@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ _If Autosave is enabled, drafts will be created automatically as the document is
 
 Collections and Globals both support the same options for configuring autosave. You can either set `versions.drafts.autosave` to `true`, or pass an object to configure autosave properties.
 
-| Drafts Autosave Options | Description                                                                                                                                                            |
-| ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| Drafts Autosave Options | Description                                                                                                                                                           |
+| ----------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | `interval`              | Define an `interval` in milliseconds to automatically save progress while documents are edited. Document updates are "debounced" at this interval. Defaults to `800`. |
 
 **Example config with versions, drafts, and autosave enabled:**